LAMAR ADVERTISING CO
424B4, 1996-11-22
ADVERTISING AGENCIES
Previous: LAMAR ADVERTISING CO, 424B4, 1996-11-22
Next: ALLSTATE CORP, 424B2, 1996-11-22



<PAGE>   1
                                               Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
                                           Registration Statement No. 333-14677
 
PROSPECTUS
                                2,200,000 SHARES
 
                                  [LAMAR LOGO]

                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
                               ------------------
    All of the 2,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value per
share (the "Class A Common Stock"), offered hereby are being issued and sold by
Lamar Advertising Company (the "Company"). The Class A Common Stock is quoted on
the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol "LAMR." On November 21, 1996,
the last reported sale price for the Class A Common Stock as reported on the
Nasdaq National Market was $24.25 per share. See "Price Range of Class A Common
Stock."
 
    Concurrently with the offering of the shares of Class A Common Stock (this
"Offering"), the Company is offering $255,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes") by a separate prospectus (the
"Note Offering," and together with this Offering, the "Offerings").
 
    The Company's authorized capital stock includes the Class A Common Stock and
shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the "Class B Common
Stock"). The economic rights of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common
Stock (collectively, the "Common Stock") are identical, except that each share
of Class A Common Stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote in respect of
matters submitted for the vote of holders of Common Stock, whereas each share of
Class B Common Stock entitles the holder thereof to ten votes on such matters.
Immediately after this Offering, the Reilly Family Limited Partnership, of which
Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., the Company's Chief Executive Officer, is the managing
general partner, will have the power to vote all of the outstanding shares of
Class B Common Stock (representing approximately 88.9% of the aggregate voting
power of the Common Stock, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option). Each share of Class B Common Stock converts
automatically into one share of Class A Common Stock upon sale or other transfer
to a party other than Permitted Transferees (as defined herein). See
"Description of Capital Stock."
                               ------------------
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE
SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
                               ------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
       COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
         PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
                                   OFFENSE.

 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        UNDERWRITING
                                                        PRICE TO       DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO
                                                         PUBLIC        COMMISSIONS(1)      COMPANY(2)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Share                                                $23.00            $1.12             $21.88
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)                                              $50,600,000        $2,464,000       $48,136,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
   (1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
       liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
       amended. See "Underwriting."
   (2) Before deducting expenses of the Offering, payable by the Company,
       estimated at $500,000.
   (3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase
       an additional 330,000 shares of Class A Common Stock on the same terms as
       set forth above solely to cover over-allotments, if any. See
       "Underwriting." If all such shares are purchased, the total Price to
       Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company
       will be $58,190,000, $2,833,600 and $55,356,400, respectively. See
       "Underwriting."
                               ------------------
 
    The shares of Class A Common Stock are being offered by the several
Underwriters named herein, subject to prior sale, when, as and if received and
accepted by them and subject to certain conditions. It is expected that
certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock will be available for delivery
on or about November 27, 1996 at the offices of Smith Barney Inc., 333 W. 34th
Street, New York, New York 10001.
                               ------------------
 
SMITH BARNEY INC.
                         ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                            INCORPORATED
 
                                             PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
November 22, 1996
<PAGE>   2
 
                [COMPANY MAP -- OUTDOOR MARKETS AND LOGO STATES]
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS (IF ANY) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A
COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10B-6A UNDER
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>   3
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Unless otherwise
indicated, as used herein, the "Company" refers to Lamar Advertising Company
together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, the
information in this prospectus assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is not exercised.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Lamar Advertising Company is one of the largest and most experienced owners
and operators of outdoor advertising structures in the United States. It
conducts a business that has operated under the Lamar name since 1902. As of
September 30, 1996, the Company operated approximately 24,000 outdoor
advertising displays in 13 southeastern, midwestern and mid-Atlantic states.
After giving effect to the acquisition of FKM Advertising Co., Inc. ("FKM") and
assuming consummation of the proposed acquisition of Outdoor East, L.P.
("Outdoor East") described below (collectively, the "Acquisitions"), the Company
will operate approximately 29,000 outdoor advertising displays in 14 states. In
each of the Company's existing 36 primary markets, the Company believes that it
is the only full-service outdoor advertising company serving such markets. The
Company also operates the largest logo sign business in the United States. Logo
signs are erected pursuant to state-awarded franchises on public rights-of-way
near highway exits and deliver brand name information on available gas, food,
lodging and camping services. The Company currently operates logo sign
franchises in 15 of the 21 states which have a privatized logo sign program. In
addition, the Company has recently entered into an agreement to acquire the
existing logo sign franchises for the states of Kentucky and Nevada, has been
awarded the logo sign franchise for the state of Florida, and was selected to
operate the tourism signing franchise for the province of Ontario, Canada. As of
September 30, 1996, the Company maintained over 18,000 logo sign structures
containing over 51,000 logo advertising displays under these franchises. The
Company has recently expanded into the transit advertising business through the
operation of displays on bus shelters, benches and buses in 8 of its 36 existing
primary markets and several other markets in the state of South Carolina. For
the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, the Company reported net revenues and
EBITDA (as defined herein) of $102.4 million and $41.0 million, respectively.
Assuming all of the Transactions (as defined herein) were consummated, the
Company's net revenues and EBITDA for the twelve months ended July 31, 1996,
would have been $133.4 million and $54.1 million, respectively.
 
     The Company's strategy is to be the leading provider of outdoor advertising
in each of the markets it serves, with an emphasis on markets with a media
industry ranking based on population between 50 and 250. Important elements of
this strategy are the Company's decentralized management structure and its focus
on providing high quality local sales and service. In order to be more
responsive to local market demands, the Company offers a full complement of
outdoor advertising services coupled with local production facilities,
management and account executives through its local offices. While maintaining
its local focus, the Company seeks to expand its operations within existing and
contiguous markets. The Company also pursues expansion opportunities, including
acquisitions, in additional markets. In this regard and as described more fully
below, the Company has acquired or has agreed to acquire several outdoor
advertising companies and has executed a letter of intent to acquire another
such company. In the logo sign business, the Company's strategy is to maintain
its position as the largest operator of logo signs in the U.S. by expanding
through the addition of state logo franchises as they are awarded and through
possible acquisitions. The Company may also pursue expansion opportunities in
transit and other out-of-home media which the Company believes will enable it to
leverage its management skills and market position.
 
     Management believes that operating in small to medium-sized markets
provides the Company with certain advantages, including a diverse and reliable
mix of local advertisers, geographic diversification and an ability to package
inventory effectively. Local advertising constituted over 81% of the Company's
outdoor advertising net revenues in fiscal 1995, which management believes is
higher than the industry average.
 
     The Company believes that the experience of its senior and local managers
has contributed greatly to its success. Its regional managers have been with the
Company, on average, for 25 years. The average tenure of the Company's 36 local
managers is 11 years. In addition, each of the five regional managers and 32 of
the
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
36 local managers began their careers with the Company as local sales
executives. The Company emphasizes decentralized local management of operations
with centralized support and financial and accounting controls. As a result of
this local focus, the Company maintains an extensive local operating presence
within its markets and employed a total of 110 local account executives at
September 30, 1996. Local account executives are typically supported by
additional local staff and have the ability to draw upon the resources of the
central office and offices in other markets in the event that business
opportunities or customers' needs support such allocation of resources.
 
     The outdoor advertising industry generated total revenues of approximately
$1.8 billion in 1995, or approximately 1.1% of the total advertising
expenditures in the United States, according to recent estimates by the Outdoor
Advertising Association of America (the "OAAA"), the trade association for the
outdoor advertising industry. This represents growth of approximately 8.2% over
estimated total 1994 revenues and compares favorably to the growth of total U.S.
advertising expenditures of approximately 7.7% during the same period. Outdoor
advertising offers repetitive impact and a relatively low cost-per-thousand
impressions compared to broadcast media, newspapers, magazines and direct mail
marketing, making it attractive to both local businesses targeting a specific
geographic area or set of demographic characteristics and national advertisers
seeking mass market support. Over the past 25 years, outdoor advertising
industry revenues have grown from $0.3 billion in 1971 to $1.83 billion in 1995,
representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8%. According to the
OAAA, in eleven of the last twenty years, outdoor advertising revenue growth
exceeded total advertising revenue growth. The Company believes that this
revenue growth is primarily the result of long term contracts that are generally
renewable, a broadening client mix, the increased use of vinyl and computer
printing and acquisition opportunities. Outdoor advertising services have
recently expanded beyond billboards to include a wide variety of out-of-home
advertising media, including advertising displays in shopping centers, malls,
airports, stadiums, movie theaters and supermarkets, as well as on taxis,
trains, buses and subways. The OAAA estimates that total out-of-home advertising
revenues, including traditional billboard advertising, exceeded $3.0 billion in
1995.
 
                          RECENT ACQUISITION ACTIVITY
 
     The Company has recently entered into agreements to acquire, or has
acquired, the assets or capital stock of several complementary businesses. The
Company believes that these acquisitions will allow the Company to capitalize on
the operating efficiencies and cross-market sales opportunities associated with
operating in or near markets currently served by the Company.
 
PENDING ACQUISITIONS
 
  The Outdoor East Acquisition
 
     The Company has agreed to acquire substantially all of the assets of
Outdoor East for a cash purchase price of approximately $60 million. Upon
completion of the acquisition of Outdoor East, the Company will operate an
additional 1,780 posters and 2,070 bulletins in seven markets in the states of
Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Florida.
 
     The acquisition of Outdoor East would add advertising displays positioned
along heavily travelled highways serving the eastern U.S. The largest market
included in this acquisition is Columbia, SC, which is the state capital, home
to the University of South Carolina and the 88th largest market in the U.S. The
Outdoor East acquisition would give the Company a presence in additional small
to medium-sized markets, including Harrisonburg, VA, Dublin, VA, Hopewell, VA,
Bluefield, WV, Valdosta, GA and Lumberton, NC. Outdoor East had approximately
$12.2 million in net revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 1996.
 
     The consummation of the Outdoor East acquisition, which is expected to
occur on or before December 15, 1996, is subject to customary closing
conditions, including the expiration or early termination of the waiting period
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the
"HSR Act").
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5
 
  Logo Signs
 
     The Company has agreed to acquire the logo sign franchises for the states
of Kentucky and Nevada from Logo Signs of America, Inc. ("LSA") for $3.8 million
in cash. Upon consummation of the acquisition, the Company will operate 1,984
logo sign displays in Kentucky and 292 logo sign displays in Nevada.
 
     The acquisition of LSA, which is expected to take place on December 2,
1996, is subject to customary closing conditions, including required regulatory
approvals.
 
  Transit
 
     The Company has agreed to acquire 450 transit advertising displays located
in Augusta, GA and Greenville, North Charleston, Spartanburg and Columbia, SC
from Shelter Ad Systems, Inc. for $1.1 million in cash. This acquisition is
expected to close on December 2, 1996.
 
COMPLETED ACQUISITIONS
 
  The FKM Acquisition
 
     On November 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital
stock of FKM for a cash purchase price of $40 million. Upon completion of the
FKM acquisition, the Company acquired a total of 122 bulletins and 537 posters
in Youngstown, OH and 553 bulletins located across the state of Pennsylvania on
interstate highways and other primary roads. FKM had approximately $7.5 million
of net revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 1996. The Company
financed the FKM acquisition with borrowings of $40 million under the Company's
current bank credit facility (the "Existing Credit Agreement").
 
     The acquisition of FKM expands the Company's operations in Ohio and gives
the Company an entry into Pennsylvania. As a result of the FKM acquisition, the
Company will operate bulletin structures on non-metropolitan Pennsylvania
interstate and state highways.
 
  Other Outdoor Advertising Acquisitions
 
     Since July 31, 1996, the Company has also acquired for cash certain assets
of (i) Revere Outdoor Advertising in Corpus Christi, TX and Laredo, TX for $9.3
million, (ii) Southworth Advertising, Inc. in Panama City, FL, Fort Walton, FL
and Albany, GA for $1.8 million, (iii) Colonial Outdoor Advertising, Inc. in
Roanoke, VA for $1.1 million, and (iv) Walz Marketing, Inc. in Lakeland, FL for
$0.8 million. As a result of these additional acquisitions, the Company has
acquired approximately 1,686 outdoor advertising displays consisting of 195
bulletins and 519 posters in Corpus Christi, TX; 87 bulletins and 373 posters in
Laredo, TX; 45 bulletins and 164 posters in Panama City, FL; six bulletins in
Fort Walton, FL; 14 bulletins and 112 posters in Albany, GA; 50 bulletins in
Roanoke, VA and 121 bulletins in Lakeland, FL. Net revenues relating to these
acquired assets totalled approximately $3.5 million based on the most recently
completed fiscal years of the acquired businesses.
 
OTHER ACQUISITION
 
     The Company has entered into a letter of intent with Headrick Outdoor, Inc.
("Headrick"), pursuant to which the Company intends to acquire the assets of
Headrick for a cash purchase price of approximately $75 million. Upon completion
of the Headrick acquisition the Company will operate an additional 3,577
bulletins in ten southeastern and midwestern states. A definitive acquisition
agreement has not yet been executed, and there can be no assurance that such an
agreement will be executed or, if executed, that the acquisition will be
consummated.
 
     The Headrick acquisition will be subject to customary closing conditions,
including the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the
HSR Act.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6
 
                                 FINANCING PLAN
 
     The Company intends to finance its acquisition activity from external
sources. In this regard, the Company is negotiating the terms of a new bank
credit facility (the "New Credit Agreement") which would increase its loan
commitment to $225 million and would provide for additional borrowing of up to
$75 million at the discretion of the lenders. In addition to this Offering, the
Company is planning to issue in the Note Offering $255 million aggregate
principal amount of Notes that would be subordinate to amounts borrowed under
the New Credit Agreement. As part of this financing plan, the Company has
commenced a tender offer (the "Tender Offer" which, together with the Offerings
and the Acquisitions, are collectively referred to herein as the "Transactions")
to purchase for cash all of its 11% Senior Secured Notes due May 15, 2003 (the
"Existing Notes"), of which $100 million are currently outstanding, and is
soliciting consents to amend the indenture (the "Existing Note Indenture") and
pledge agreement relating to the Existing Notes. As of the date of this
Prospectus, the holders representing over a majority in principal amount of the
Existing Notes have validly tendered their Existing Notes and delivered their
consents. The acquisition of FKM was funded from borrowings under the Existing
Credit Agreement and the Outdoor East acquisition and the Tender Offer will be
financed with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offerings. This Offering is
not conditioned upon the consummation of any of the other Transactions.
 
     As used in this Prospectus, the term "market" refers to the geographic area
represented by the Spring 1996 Arbitron Radio Metro Market ranking, as
determined by The Arbitron Company, which ranks, according to population of
persons 12 years or older, the largest 263 markets in the U.S. -- from New York,
NY (1) to Casper, WY (263). The Company believes that the Metro Market ranking
is a standard measure of market size used by the media industry.
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   7
 
                              OUTDOOR ADVERTISING
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
existing primary outdoor advertising markets and the assets proposed to be
acquired in the acquisition of Outdoor East.
 
EXISTING OUTDOOR ADVERTISING MARKETS(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NUMBER OF DISPLAYS(4)
                                                                            ---------------------         NET                      
                STATE/PRIMARY MARKET                     MARKET RANK(3)     BULLETINS     POSTERS      REVENUES(5)
- -------------------------------------------------------  --------------     ---------     -------     -------------
                                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)  
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>           <C>         <C>
LOUISIANA
  Baton Rouge..........................................         81               419         684        $    7,280
  Shreveport...........................................        126               268         730             3,389
  Lafayette............................................         97               154         353             2,035
  Lake Charles.........................................        202               189         285             1,915
  Monroe...............................................        226               123         508             1,534
  Alexandria...........................................        198                49         224               757
  Houma(2).............................................         --                40         164                --
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                        1,242       2,948            16,910
TENNESSEE
  Nashville............................................         44               326       1,174             7,488
  Knoxville............................................         69               694         896             7,171
  Clarksville..........................................         --                98         357             1,533
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                        1,118       2,427            16,192
FLORIDA
  Pensacola............................................        125               250         662             3,113
  Lakeland.............................................        104               554         372             2,875(6)
  Panama City..........................................        225               268         470             2,262(6)
  Fort Myers...........................................         77               133         297             2,153
  Tallahassee..........................................        167               121         302             1,908
  Fort Walton..........................................        207               157         220             1,643(6)
  Daytona Beach........................................         93                54         339             1,456
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                        1,537       2,662            15,410
ALABAMA
  Mobile...............................................         84               381         630             4,755
  Montgomery...........................................        142               248         499             3,598
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          629       1,129             8,353
TEXAS
  Brownsville..........................................         63               204         873             2,577
  Beaumont.............................................        127               204         308             2,165
  Corpus Christi.......................................        128               195         519             1,707(6)
  Wichita Falls........................................        235                89         165               902
  Laredo...............................................        216                87         373               868(6)
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          779       2,238             8,219
MISSISSIPPI
  Jackson..............................................        118               268         698             4,420
  Gulfport.............................................        134               207         559             2,953
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          475       1,257             7,373
GEORGIA
  Savannah.............................................        154               344         604             3,307
  Augusta..............................................        107               163         471             2,482
  Albany...............................................        243               106         383             1,109(6)
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          613       1,458             6,898
VIRGINIA
  Richmond.............................................         56               309         616             4,288
  Roanoke..............................................        101               262         450             1,958(6)
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          571       1,066             6,246
PENNSYLVANIA
  Statewide Highways...................................        N/A               553           0             4,713(6)
KENTUCKY
  Lexington............................................        105               117         507             3,127
WEST VIRGINIA
  Wheeling.............................................        213               261         551             2,626
COLORADO
  Colorado Springs.....................................         98               141         355             2,486
OHIO
  Dayton...............................................         52                 3         529             1,960
  Youngstown...........................................         90               122         537               243(6)
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          125       1,066             2,203
        Subtotal.......................................                        8,161      17,664        $  100,756
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
</TABLE>
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8
 
THE OUTDOOR EAST ACQUISITION (PENDING)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NUMBER OF DISPLAYS(4)          NET
                                                                            ---------------------      REVENUES(5)
                 STATE/PRIMARY MARKET                    MARKET RANK(3)     BULLETINS     POSTERS     --------------
- -------------------------------------------------------  --------------     ---------     -------     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>           <C>         <C>
SOUTH CAROLINA
  Columbia.............................................         88               338         571             3,725(7)
NORTH CAROLINA
  Statewide Highways...................................        N/A               924         112             2,472(7)
WEST VIRGINIA
  Bluefield............................................         --               306         281             1,863(7)
VIRGINIA
  Dublin...............................................         --                99         221                --(8)
  Harrisonburg.........................................        253                 9         123                --(8)
  Hopewell.............................................         --                56         291                --(8)
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Total..........................................                          164         635             1,632(7)(8)
GEORGIA
  Valdosta.............................................         --               338         181             1,289(7)
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
        Subtotal.......................................                        2,070       1,780        $   10,981
                                                                               -----      ------          --------
TOTAL..................................................                       10,231      19,444        $  111,737
                                                                               =====      ======          ========
</TABLE>
 
                              LOGO SIGN FRANCHISES
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
logo business operations. As of September 30, 1996, the Company operated 51,140
logo advertising displays.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        # LOGO
 YEAR                                 ADVERTISING
AWARDED            FRANCHISE           DISPLAYS
- -------     ------------------------  -----------
<C>         <S>                       <C>
  1989      Nebraska................       788
  1989      Oklahoma................     1,120
  1990      Utah....................     1,494
  1991      Missouri(9).............     8,254
  1992      Ohio....................     5,686
  1993      Texas...................     2,177
  1993      Mississippi.............     2,866
  1995      Georgia.................     9,240
 
<CAPTION>
                                        # LOGO
 YEAR                                 ADVERTISING
AWARDED            FRANCHISE           DISPLAYS
- -------     ------------------------  -----------
<C>         <S>                       <C>
  1995      Minnesota(10)...........     2,491
  1995      South Carolina..........     1,982
  1996      Virginia................     7,658
  1996      Michigan................     1,376
  1996      Tennessee...............     4,216
  1996      Kansas..................     1,792
  1996      New Jersey(11)..........        --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
 (1) Includes additional or outlying markets served by the office in the
     applicable market.
 (2) Houma was established as a separate primary market in fiscal 1995, and,
     therefore, net revenues are not included.
 (3) Indicates the Spring 1996 Arbitron Radio Metro Market ranking within which
     the office is located, as determined by The Arbitron Company. The Company
     believes that Metro Market ranking, which ranks, according to population of
     persons 12 years or older, the largest 263 markets in the U.S., is a
     standard measure of market size used by the media industry. Where no market
     ranking is shown, such market is not ranked by Arbitron.
 (4) The two standardized types of industry displays are bulletins and posters.
     See "Business -- Company Operations." The display count is as of October
     31, 1995, pro forma for acquisitions completed within the last twelve
     months.
 (5) Except as otherwise noted, represents net revenues for fiscal year ended
     October 31, 1995 attributable to each outdoor advertising market. These
     revenues, together with logo sign and transit advertising revenues and
     production revenue, comprise outdoor advertising net revenues shown in the
     Company's consolidated statements of earnings (loss).
 (6) Reflects net revenues for the most recently completed applicable fiscal
     year with respect to acquisitions completed by the Company since July 31,
     1996. See "The Transactions -- Recent Acquisition Activity -- Completed
     Acquisitions."
 (7) Represents net revenues for the most recently completed applicable fiscal
     year attributable to the outdoor advertising market proposed to be acquired
     by the Company. See "The Transactions -- Recent Acquisition
     Activity -- Pending Acquisitions."
 (8) Net revenues for specific markets proposed to be acquired in the state of
     Virginia are not available.
 (9) Franchise operated by a 66.7% owned partnership.
(10) Franchise operated by a 95.0% owned partnership.
(11) The Company was recently awarded the New Jersey franchise, and,
     accordingly, no logo signs had been erected as of September 30, 1996.
 
     The Company's address is 5551 Corporate Boulevard, Baton Rouge, Louisiana
70808. Its telephone number is (504) 926-1000.
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Class A Common Stock offered.....    2,200,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding
after the Offering...............    17,204,340 shares of Class A Common
                                     Stock(1)
                                     13,791,389 shares of Class B Common Stock
                                     30,995,729 total shares of Common Stock
 
Use of proceeds..................    The net proceeds from this Offering,
                                     together with the net proceeds of the Note
                                     Offering, will be used to repay existing
                                     indebtedness and for general corporate
                                     purposes, including acquisitions. See "Use
                                     of Proceeds."
 
Voting rights....................    The holders of the Class A Common Stock and
                                     the holders of the Class B Common Stock
                                     vote together as a single class (except as
                                     may be otherwise required by Delaware law)
                                     on all matters submitted to a vote of
                                     stockholders, with each share of Class A
                                     Common Stock entitled to one vote and each
                                     share of Class B Common Stock entitled to
                                     ten votes. Each share of Class B Common
                                     Stock converts automatically into one share
                                     of Class A Common Stock upon the sale or
                                     other transfer of such share of Class B
                                     Common Stock to a person or entity other
                                     than a Permitted Transferee (as defined
                                     under "Description of Capital
                                     Stock -- Common Stock"). Each class of
                                     Common Stock otherwise has identical
                                     rights.
 
Nasdaq National Market
  Symbol.........................    LAMR
 
Dividend policy..................    The Company does not expect to pay
                                     dividends on the Common Stock in the
                                     foreseeable future. The Company's ability
                                     to pay dividends in the future to holders
                                     of the Common Stock will be subject to
                                     limitations and prohibitions contained in
                                     certain existing and future debt
                                     instruments of the Company and to the
                                     rights of the holders of its preferred
                                     stock. See "Dividend Policy."
- ---------------
 
(1) Excludes 1,161,835 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable under outstanding
    options granted pursuant to the Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10
 
   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                                     NINE MONTHS          TWELVE
                                                                                     PRO FORMA          ENDED             MONTHS
                                            YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                  YEAR ENDED         JULY 31,           ENDED
                              ---------------------------------------------------   OCTOBER 31,   -------------------   JULY 31,
                                1991      1992       1993       1994       1995       1995(1)       1995       1996      1996(1)
                              --------   -------   --------   --------   --------   -----------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                           <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues................. $ 62,262   $61,955   $ 66,524   $ 84,473   $102,408    $ 118,872    $ 76,726   $ 88,165   $133,365
Operating expenses:
 Direct advertising
   expenses..................   22,143    22,783     23,830     28,959     34,386       39,783      26,564     30,969     44,947
 General and administrative
   expenses..................   17,703    18,225     19,504     24,239     27,057       31,679      20,636     22,842     34,320
 Depreciation and
   amortization..............    8,826     8,881      8,924     11,352     14,090       21,344       9,954     10,568     21,958
                              --------   --------  --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------   ---------
   Total operating
     expenses................   48,672    49,889     52,258     64,550     75,533       92,806      57,154     64,379    101,225
                              --------   --------  --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------   ---------
Operating income.............   13,590    12,066     14,266     19,923     26,875       26,066      19,572     23,786     32,140
                              --------   --------  --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------   ---------
Interest expense.............   11,650    10,454     11,502     13,599     15,783       27,044      11,948     11,957     26,973
Earnings before income taxes
 and extraordinary item......      936     2,625      1,677      5,227      8,308       (4,293)      6,069     10,897      2,747
Income tax expense
 (benefit)(2)................      207       270        476     (2,072)    (2,390)      (6,976)     (2,480)     4,420        808
Net earnings (loss)(3)(4)....      729     2,355       (653)     7,299     10,698        2,683       8,549      6,477      1,939
Net earnings (loss)
 applicable to common
 stock.......................      729     2,355       (653)     7,299     10,698        2,683       8,549      6,203      1,665
Earnings per common share
 before extraordinary
 item(5)..................... $    .02   $   .07   $    .03   $    .21   $    .32    $     .07    $    .26   $    .23   $    .05
                              ========   ========  ========   ========   ========    =========    ========   ========   =========
Net earnings (loss) per
 common share(5)............. $    .02   $   .07   $   (.02)  $    .21   $    .32    $     .07    $    .26   $    .23        .05
                              ========   ========  ========   ========   ========    =========    ========   ========   =========
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(6)....................   22,416    20,947     23,190     31,275     40,965       47,410      29,526     34,354     54,098
EBITDA margin................       36%       34%        35%        37%        40%          40%         39%        39%        41 %
Ratio of EBITDA to interest
 expense.....................      1.9x      2.0x       2.0x       2.3x       2.6x         1.8x        2.5x       2.9x       2.0 x
Ratio of net debt to
 EBITDA(7)...................      4.9x      5.0x       4.6x       4.7x       3.4x         3.7          --         --        3.6 x
Ratio of total debt to
 EBITDA......................      4.9x      5.0x       5.0x       4.9x       3.6x         6.0          --         --        5.2 x
Ratio of earnings to fixed
 charges(8)..................      1.1x      1.2x       1.0x       1.3x       1.4x         0.9x        1.4x       1.7x       1.1 x
Capital expenditures:
 Outdoor advertising.........    1,847     1,695      2,374      4,997      6,643       10,251       4,786      4,922     10,359
 Logos.......................      629     3,056      2,009      2,761      1,567        1,567       1,390      7,989      8,096
Cash flows from operating
 activities(9)...............   10,328    12,930     12,411     15,214     25,065           --      10,752     15,595         --
Cash flows from investing
 activities(9)...............   (4,236)   (7,273)   (10,064)   (53,569)   (17,817)          --     (11,049)   (28,798)        --
Cash flows from financing
 activities(9)...............   (5,133)   (6,734)     6,802     37,147     (9,378)          --      (5,751)     9,287         --
Number of outdoor advertising
 displays(10)................   18,829    17,835     17,659     22,369     22,547       27,609      22,512     23,089     28,151
Number of logo advertising
 displays(10)................    5,027    11,371     13,820     18,266     24,219       24,219      22,431     48,362     48,362
Cumulative logo sign
 franchises(10)..............    4          5         7          7          11          11           8          15         15
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AS OF JULY 31, 1996
                                                                                         ----------------------------
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                                       FOR THE IPO     
                                                                                                         AND THE
                                                                                          ACTUAL       TRANSACTIONS
                                                                                         --------      ------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................  $  1,965        $  89,138
Working capital........................................................................     1,479           90,877
Total assets...........................................................................   150,267          349,440
Total debt (including current maturities)..............................................   160,007          282,910
Total long-term obligations............................................................   156,674          280,800
Stockholders' equity (deficit).........................................................   (25,289)          50,769
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
 
- ---------------
 
 (1) For purposes of the pro forma adjusted financial information (i) the
     statement of earnings of the Company for its fiscal year ended October 31,
     1995 has been combined with the statements of earnings of Outdoor East and
     FKM for their fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, (ii) the statement of
     earnings of the Company for the twelve month period ended July 31, 1996 has
     been combined with the statements of earnings of Outdoor East and FKM for
     the twelve months ended September 30, 1996 and (iii) effect has been given
     to the IPO and the Transactions. For a more complete description of the pro
     forma impact on the Company's results of operations see "Unaudited Pro
     Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."
 (2) The benefit of the Company's net operating loss carryforward was fully
     recognized as of October 31, 1995, resulting in the income tax expense
     shown for the nine months ended July 31, 1996, compared to the income tax
     benefit for the same period in the prior year.
 (3) Includes, in 1993, an extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment, net of an
     income tax benefit, of $1.9 million.
 (4) Pro forma financial information for the year ended October 31, 1995 and the
     twelve months ended July 31, 1996 does not give effect to extraordinary
     loss from the extinguishment of debt of $9,235 and $9,470, respectively.
 (5) After giving effect to the approximately 778.9 for 1 split of the Company's
     then-existing common stock and the redesignation of such stock as Common
     Stock.
 (6) "EBITDA" is defined as operating income before depreciation and
     amortization. EBITDA represents a measure which management believes is
     customarily used to evaluate the financial performance of companies in the
     media industry. However, EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance
     under generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered
     an alternative to operating income or net earnings as an indicator of the
     Company's operating performance or to net cash provided by operating
     activities as a measure of its liquidity.
 (7) "Net debt" consists of debt less cash and cash equivalents.
 (8) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed by dividing earnings by
     fixed charges. For this purpose, earnings consist of income from continuing
     operations, before income taxes and fixed charges of the Company and its
     subsidiaries plus the Company's share of the distributed income of less
     than 50% owned persons. Fixed charges consist of the Company's and its
     subsidiaries' interest expense (including interest costs capitalized) and
     the portion of rent expense representative of an interest factor.
 (9) Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities are obtained
     from the Company's consolidated statements of cash flows prepared in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(10) As of the end of the period.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information contained and incorporated by
reference in this Prospectus, the following factors should be considered
carefully in evaluating an investment in the shares of Class A Common Stock
offered hereby.
 
     This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ significantly from the
results discussed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause
such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below. Such
forward looking statements include those assuming the completion of this
Offering, the Note Offering, the Acquisitions, the Tender Offer and the New
Credit Agreement, certain of which have yet to be completed and which may not be
completed. The failure of the Company to complete any of these transactions will
impact the Company's capital structure, as more fully described under
"Capitalization," and could have certain other effects, many of which are more
fully described herein.
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN ECONOMIC AND ADVERTISING TRENDS
 
     The Company relies on sales of advertising space for its revenues, and its
operating results are therefore affected by general economic conditions, as well
as trends in the advertising industry. A reduction in advertising expenditures
available for the Company's displays could result from a general decline in
economic conditions, a decline in economic conditions in particular markets
where the Company conducts business or a reallocation of advertising
expenditures to other available media by significant users of the Company's
displays. Although the Company believes that in recent years outdoor advertising
expenditures have increased more rapidly than total U.S. advertising
expenditures, there can be no assurance that this trend will continue or that in
the future outdoor advertising expenditures will not grow more slowly than the
advertising industry as a whole.
 
REGULATION OF OUTDOOR ADVERTISING
 
     The outdoor advertising business is subject to regulation by federal, state
and local governments. Federal law requires states, as a condition to federal
highway assistance, to restrict billboards on federally-aided primary and
interstate highways to commercial and industrial areas and imposes certain
additional size, spacing and other limitations on billboards. Some states have
adopted standards more restrictive than the federal requirements. Local
governments generally control billboards as part of their zoning regulations,
and some local governments prohibit construction of new billboards and
reconstruction of substantially damaged billboards or allow new construction
only to replace existing structures. In addition, some jurisdictions (including
certain of those within the Company's markets) have adopted amortization
ordinances under which owners and operators of outdoor advertising displays are
required to remove existing structures at some future date, often without
condemnation proceeds being available. Federal and corresponding state outdoor
advertising statutes require payment of compensation for removal by governmental
order in some circumstances. Ordinances requiring the removal of a billboard
without compensation, whether through amortization or otherwise, have been
challenged in various state and federal courts on both statutory and
constitutional grounds, with conflicting results. Although the Company has been
successful in the past in negotiating acceptable arrangements in circumstances
in which its displays have been subject to removal or amortization, there can be
no assurance that the Company will be successful in the future and what effect,
if any, such regulations may have on the Company's operations. In addition, the
Company is unable to predict what additional regulation may be imposed on
outdoor advertising in the future. Legislation regulating the content of
billboard advertisements has been introduced in Congress from time to time in
the past, although no laws which, in the opinion of management, would materially
and adversely affect the Company's business have been enacted to date. Changes
in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising at any level of government
may have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See
"-- Declining Tobacco Advertising" for a discussion of recent federal executive
action concerning tobacco advertising.
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS IN DEBT INSTRUMENTS
 
     The Existing Credit Agreement and the Existing Note Indenture contain, and
the New Credit Agreement and the indenture relating to the Notes (the
"Indenture") are each expected to contain covenants
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   13
 
which restrict, among other things, the ability of the Company to dispose of
assets, incur or repay debt, create liens, and make certain investments and
other restricted payments. In addition, the Existing Credit Agreement requires,
and the New Credit Agreement is expected to require, the Company to maintain
specified financial ratios and levels, including cash interest coverage, fixed
charge coverage and total debt ratios. The ability of the Company to comply with
the foregoing restrictive covenants will depend on its future performance, which
is subject to prevailing economic, financial and business conditions and other
factors beyond the Company's control. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."
 
SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY
 
     The Company presently has substantial indebtedness ($160.0 million at July
31, 1996) and contemplates increasing its indebtedness in connection with the
Acquisitions. In addition, the Company is planning to issue in the Note Offering
$255 million aggregate principal amount of Notes and is currently negotiating
the terms of the New Credit Agreement, which would increase the Company's loan
commitment to $225 million and would provide for additional borrowing of up to
$75 million at the discretion of the lenders. See "The Transactions."
Additionally, at July 31, 1996, the Company had $3.6 million of Class A
Preferred Stock, $638 par value per share (the "Class A Preferred Stock"),
outstanding which is entitled to an aggregate annual cumulative preferential
dividend of $364,903. At July 31, 1996, assuming consummation of the
Transactions and the IPO and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the
Company's indebtedness would have been $282.9 million. A substantial part of the
Company's cash flow from operations will be dedicated to debt service and will
not be available for other purposes. Further, if the Company's net cash provided
by operating activities were to decrease from present levels, the Company could
experience difficulty in meeting its debt service obligations without additional
financing. There can be no assurance that, in the event the Company were to
require additional financing, such additional financing would be available or,
if available, would be available on favorable terms. In addition, any such
additional financing could be incurred only upon satisfaction of the debt
incurrence provisions of the Existing Note Indenture and the Indenture and may
require the consent of lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement or the New
Credit Agreement, as the case may be, or holders of other debt of the Company.
The level of the Company's indebtedness could have important consequences to
stockholders, including a reduction in the Company's flexibility to respond to
changing business and economic conditions. Certain of the Company's competitors
currently operate on a less leveraged basis and may have greater operating and
financial flexibility than the Company. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources," "Description of Indebtedness" and "Description of Capital
Stock."
 
ACQUISITION AND GROWTH STRATEGY RISKS
 
     The Company's growth has been enhanced materially by strategic acquisitions
that have substantially increased the Company's inventory of advertising
displays. One element of the Company's operating strategy is to make strategic
acquisitions in markets in which it currently competes as well as in new
markets. While the Company believes that the outdoor advertising industry is
highly fragmented and that significant acquisition opportunities are available,
there can be no assurance that suitable acquisition candidates can be found, and
the Company is likely to face competition from other outdoor advertising
companies for available acquisition opportunities. In addition, if the prices
sought by sellers of outdoor advertising displays continue to rise, as
management believes may happen, the Company may find fewer acceptable
acquisition opportunities. There can be no assurance that the Company will have
sufficient capital resources to complete acquisitions or be able to obtain any
required consents of its bank lenders or that acquisitions can be completed on
terms acceptable to the Company. In addition, the Company recently has entered
into the transit advertising business and, while the Company believes that it
will be able to utilize its expertise in outdoor advertising to operate this
business, it has had limited experience in transit advertising and there is no
assurance that it will be successful.
 
     Since July 31, 1996, the Company has completed the acquisition of, and has
entered into agreements to acquire, eight complementary businesses. The process
of integrating these businesses into the Company's operations may result in
unforeseen operating difficulties and could require significant management
attention
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   14
 
that would otherwise be available for the development of the Company's existing
business. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the Company will realize
anticipated benefits and cost savings or that the Outdoor East acquisition or
any future acquisitions will be consummated. See "The Transactions -- Recent
Acquisition Activity" for a description of the Company's recent acquisition
activity and a discussion of certain pending transactions.
 
DECLINING TOBACCO ADVERTISING
 
     Approximately 9% of the Company's outdoor advertising net revenues in
fiscal 1995 came from the tobacco products industry, compared to 7% for fiscal
1994 and 1993, 12% for fiscal 1992 and 17% for fiscal 1991. The percentage for
the nine months ended July 31, 1996, on a historical basis and on a pro forma
basis giving effect to the Acquisitions, was approximately 10%. Manufacturers of
tobacco products, principally cigarettes, were historically major users of
outdoor advertising displays. Beginning in 1992, the leading tobacco companies
substantially reduced their domestic advertising expenditures in response to
societal and governmental pressures and other factors. There can be no assurance
that the tobacco industry will not further reduce advertising expenditures in
the future either voluntarily or as a result of governmental regulation or as to
what affect any such reduction may have on the Company. See "Business -- Company
Operations -- Categories of Business." Tobacco advertising is currently subject
to regulation and legislation has been introduced from time to time in Congress
that would further regulate advertising of tobacco products. In August 1996,
President Clinton signed an executive order adopting rules proposed by the
United States Food and Drug Administration which would prohibit the use of
pictures and color in tobacco advertising and restrict the proximity of outdoor
tobacco advertising to schools and playgrounds. Although certain advertising
industry and tobacco industry organizations have filed lawsuits challenging
these rules and certain members of Congress have indicated that they may sponsor
legislation to prevent these rules from going into effect, there can be no
assurance that such lawsuits will be successful or that such legislation, if
proposed, will be adopted. Subject to the outcome of litigation or legislative
action, these rules would become effective in August 1997. Further, there can be
no assurance that national or local legislation or regulations restricting
tobacco advertising will not be adopted in the future, or as to the effect any
such legislation or the voluntarily curtailment of advertising by tobacco
companies would have on the Company. See "Business -- Regulation."
 
COMPETITION
 
     In addition to competition from other forms of media, including television,
radio, newspapers and direct mail advertising, the Company faces competition in
its markets from other outdoor advertising companies, some of which may be
larger and better capitalized than the Company. The Company also competes with a
wide variety of other out-of-home advertising media, the range and diversity of
which have increased substantially over the past several years to include
advertising displays in shopping centers, malls, airports, stadiums, movie
theaters and supermarkets, and on taxis, trains and buses. The Company believes
that its local orientation, including the maintenance of local offices, has
enabled it to compete successfully in its markets to date. However, there can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to compete successfully
against current and future sources of outdoor advertising competition and
competition from other media or that the competitive pressures faced by the
Company will not adversely affect its profitability or financial performance. In
its logo sign business, the Company currently faces competition for state
franchises from four other national logo sign providers as well as local
companies. Competition from these sources is encountered both when a franchise
is first privatized and upon renewal thereafter. See "Business -- Competition."
 
POTENTIAL LOSSES FROM HURRICANES
 
     A significant portion of the Company's structures are located in the
mid-Atlantic and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. These areas are highly
susceptible to hurricanes during the late summer and early fall. In the past,
severe storms have caused the Company to incur material losses resulting from
structural damage, overtime compensation, loss of billboards that could not
legally be replaced and reduced occupancy because billboards are out of service.
The Company has determined that it is not economical to obtain insurance
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   15
 
against losses from hurricanes and other storms. The Company has developed
contingency plans to deal with the threat of hurricanes, including plans for
early removal of advertising faces to permit the structures to better withstand
high winds and the replacement of such faces after storms have passed. As a
result of these contingency plans, the Company has experienced lower levels of
losses from recent storms and hurricanes. Structural damage attributable to
Hurricane Andrew in 1992 was less than $500,000, and three hurricanes caused
aggregate structural damage of less than $1,000,000 in 1995. There can be no
assurance, however, that the Company's contingency plans will continue to be
effective.
 
RISKS IN OBTAINING AND RETAINING LOGO SIGN FRANCHISES
 
     Logo sign franchises represent a growing portion of the Company's revenues
and operating income. The Company cannot predict the number of remaining states,
if any, that will initiate logo sign programs or convert state-run logo sign
programs to privately operated programs. Competition for new state logo sign
franchises is intense and, even after a favorable award, franchises may be
subject to challenge under state contract bidding requirements, resulting in
delays and litigation costs. In addition, state logo sign franchises are
generally, with renewal options, ten to twenty-year franchises subject to
earlier termination by the state, in most cases upon payment of compensation.
Typically, at the end of the term of the franchise, ownership of the structures
is transferred to the state without compensation to the Company. None of the
Company's logo sign franchises are due to terminate in the next two years; only
two are subject to renewal during that period and, in one case, the state
authority has verbally agreed to renew the franchise for five years. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining new logo sign
franchises or renewing existing franchises. Furthermore, following the receipt
by the Company of a new state logo sign franchise, the Company generally incurs
significant start-up capital expenditures and there can be no assurance that the
Company will continue to have access to capital to fund such expenditures.
 
RELIANCE ON KEY EXECUTIVES
 
     The Company's success depends to a significant extent upon the continued
services of its executive officers and other key management and sales personnel,
in particular Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., the Company's Chief Executive Officer, the
Company's five regional managers and the manager of its logo sign business.
Although the Company believes it has incentive and compensation programs
designed to retain key employees, the Company has no employment contracts with
any of its employees, and none of its executive officers are bound by
non-compete agreements. The Company does not maintain key man insurance on its
executives. The unavailability of the continuing services of any of its
executive officers and other key management and sales personnel could have an
adverse effect on the Company's business. See "Management."
 
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
     At July 31, 1996 and October 31, 1995, the Company had a stockholders'
deficit of $25.3 million and $28.2 million, respectively. The deficit results
primarily from net losses that were incurred during the fiscal years ended
October 31, 1983 through 1990 caused primarily by high levels of depreciation
and amortization of fixed assets and acquired intangibles, and from stock
redemptions and dividends. Although the stockholders' deficit declined by
approximately $9.2 million in fiscal 1995, primarily as a result of net
earnings, there can be no assurance that this trend will continue. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER
 
     Upon consummation of this Offering, the Reilly Family Limited Partnership,
of which Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., the Company's Chief Executive Officer, is the
managing general partner, will beneficially own shares of the Company's Common
Stock having approximately 88.9% of the total voting power of the Common Stock.
As a result, Mr. Reilly, or his successor as managing general partner, will
effectively be able to control the outcome of matters requiring a stockholder
vote, including electing directors, adopting or amending certain provisions of
the Company's certificate of incorporation and by-laws and approving or
preventing certain mergers or other similar transactions, such as a sale of
substantially all the Company's assets (including
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   16
 
transactions that could give holders of the Company's Class A Common Stock the
opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price for their
shares). In addition, upon consummation of this Offering, the Company's
officers, directors and their respective affiliates, other than the Reilly
Family Limited Partnership, will beneficially own shares of the Company's Common
Stock having approximately 2.3% of the total voting power of the Company's
Common Stock. Therefore, purchasers of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will
become minority stockholders of the Company and will be unable to control the
management or business policies of the Company. Moreover, subject to contractual
restrictions and general fiduciary obligations, the Company is not prohibited
from engaging in transactions with its management and principal stockholders, or
with entities in which such persons are interested. The Company's certificate of
incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of
directors and, as a result, the controlling stockholders can elect all the
directors if they so choose.
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
     Certain provisions of the Company's certificate of incorporation and
by-laws may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an
acquisition proposal for the Company and thereby inhibiting a change in control
of the Company in circumstances that could give the holders of the Class A
Common Stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the then prevailing
market price of such stock. Such provisions may also adversely affect the market
price of the Class A Common Stock. For example, the Company's certificate of
incorporation authorizes the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock (the
"Preferred Stock") with such designations, rights and preferences as may be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event of
issuance, such Preferred Stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances,
as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the
Company. In addition, the issuance of Preferred Stock may adversely affect the
voting and dividend rights, rights upon liquidation and other rights of the
holders of Common Stock (including the purchasers of Class A Common Stock in
this Offering). Although the Company has no present intention to issue any
shares of such Preferred Stock, the Company retains the right to do so in the
future. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Additional Preferred Stock."
Furthermore, the Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. The existence of this provision, as well as the control of the
Company by the Reilly Family Limited Partnership, would be expected to have an
anti-takeover effect, including possibly discouraging takeover attempts that
might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of Class A Common
Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Principal and Selling
Stockholders."
 
LIMITED TRADING HISTORY AND VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     The Company completed the initial public offering of its Class A Common
Stock in August 1996 (the "IPO") and, therefore, there is a limited trading
history for the Class A Common Stock. In addition, from time to time, there may
be significant volatility in the market price for the Class A Common Stock of
the Company. Quarterly operating results of the Company, changes in earnings
estimates by analysts, changes in general conditions in the Company's industry
or the economy or the financial markets or other developments affecting the
Company could cause the market price of the Class A Common Stock to fluctuate
substantially. In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced
significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant
effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies for reasons
unrelated to their operating performance.
 
MANAGEMENT DISCRETION OVER USE OF NET PROCEEDS
 
     A portion of the net proceeds of the Offering will be available for general
corporate purposes. Accordingly, management will have considerable discretion
over the use of such proceeds and may use them without stockholder approval. See
"Use of Proceeds."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market after
this Offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of such shares.
In addition to the 2,200,000 shares of Class A Common
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   17
 
Stock offered hereby, as of the date of this Prospectus, there will be
28,795,729 shares of Common Stock outstanding, 23,330,814 of which are
"restricted" shares (the "Restricted Shares") under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, all of the Restricted Shares will become eligible for sale in the
public market subject to restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
     The Company does not anticipate paying dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable future. In addition, as stated above, the Existing Credit Agreement,
the Existing Indenture, the New Credit Agreement and the Indenture each place or
will place limitations on the Company's ability to pay dividends and make other
distributions on its Common Stock, and the Company's Class A Preferred Stock is
entitled to preferential dividends before any dividends may be paid on the
Common Stock. See "Dividend Policy," "Description of Capital Stock" and
"Description of Indebtedness."
 
                                THE TRANSACTIONS
 
RECENT ACQUISITION ACTIVITY
 
     The Company has recently entered into agreements to acquire, or has
acquired, the assets or capital stock of several complementary businesses. The
Company believes that these acquisitions will allow the Company to capitalize on
the operating efficiencies and cross-market sales opportunities associated with
operating in or near markets currently served by the Company.
 
  PENDING ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Outdoor East Acquisition
 
     On October 9, 1996, the Company entered into a Contract to Sell and
Purchase with Outdoor East pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire
substantially all of the assets of Outdoor East for a cash purchase price of
approximately $60 million. Upon completion of the acquisition of Outdoor East,
the Company will operate an additional 1,780 posters and 2,070 bulletins in
seven markets in the states of Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Georgia and Florida.
 
     The acquisition of Outdoor East would add advertising displays positioned
along heavily travelled highways serving the eastern U.S. The largest market
included in this acquisition is Columbia, SC, which is the state capital, home
to the University of South Carolina and the 88th largest market in the U.S. The
Outdoor East acquisition would give the Company a presence in additional small
to medium-sized markets, including Harrisonburg, VA, Dublin, VA, Hopewell, VA,
Bluefield, WV, Valdosta, GA and Lumberton, NC. Outdoor East had approximately
$12.2 million in net revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 1996.
 
     The consummation of the Outdoor East acquisition, which is expected to
occur on or before December 15, 1996, is subject to customary closing
conditions, including the expiration or early termination of the waiting period
under the HSR Act.
 
     Logo Signs
 
     In November 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with LSA pursuant
to which the Company agreed to acquire the logo sign franchises for the states
of Kentucky and Nevada for $3.8 million in cash. Upon consummation of the
acquisition, the Company will operate 1,984 logo sign displays in Kentucky and
292 logo sign displays in Nevada.
 
     The acquisition of LSA, which is expected to take place on December 2,
1996, is subject to customary closing conditions, including required regulatory
approvals.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   18
 
     Transit
 
     The Company has entered into an agreement to acquire 450 transit
advertising displays located in Augusta, GA and Greenville, North Charleston,
Spartanburg and Columbia, SC from Shelter Ad Systems, Inc. for $1.1 million in
cash.
 
  COMPLETED ACQUISITIONS
 
     The FKM Acquisition
 
     On November 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital
stock of FKM for a cash purchase price of $40 million. Upon completion of the
FKM acquisition, the Company acquired a total of 659 displays in Youngstown, OH
and 553 bulletins located across the state of Pennsylvania on interstate
highways and other primary roads. FKM had approximately $7.5 million of net
revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 1996. The Company financed
the FKM acquisition with borrowings of $40 million under the Existing Credit
Agreement.
 
     The acquisition of FKM expands the Company's operations in Ohio and gives
the Company an entry into Pennsylvania. As a result of the FKM acquisition, the
Company will operate bulletin structures on non-metropolitan Pennsylvania
interstate and state highways.
 
  Other Outdoor Advertising Acquisitions
 
     Since July 31, 1996, the Company has also acquired for cash certain assets
of (i) Revere Outdoor Advertising in Corpus Christi, TX and Laredo, TX for $9.3
million, (ii) Southworth Advertising, Inc. in Panama City, FL, Fort Walton, FL
and Albany, GA for $1.8 million, (iii) Colonial Outdoor Advertising, Inc. in
Roanoke, VA for $1.1 million, and (iv) Walz Marketing, Inc. in Lakeland, FL for
$0.8 million. As a result of these additional acquisitions, the Company has
acquired approximately 1,686 outdoor advertising displays consisting of 195
bulletins and 519 posters in Corpus Christi, TX; 87 bulletins and 373 posters in
Laredo, TX; 45 bulletins and 164 posters in Panama City, FL; six bulletins in
Fort Walton, FL; 14 bulletins and 112 posters in Albany, GA; 50 bulletins in
Roanoke, VA and 121 bulletins in Lakeland, FL. Net revenues relating to these
acquired assets totalled approximately $3.5 million based upon the most recently
completed fiscal years of each of the acquired businesses.
 
  OTHER ACQUISITION
 
     The Company has entered into a letter of intent with Headrick, pursuant to
which the Company intends to acquire the assets of Headrick for a cash purchase
price of approximately $75 million. Upon completion of the Headrick acquisition,
the Company will operate an additional 3,577 bulletins in ten southeastern and
midwestern states. A definitive acquisition agreement has not yet been executed,
and there can be no assurance that such an agreement will be executed or, if
executed, that the acquisition will be consummated.
 
     The Headrick acquisition will be subject to customary closing conditions,
including the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the
HSR Act.
 
THE TENDER OFFER
 
     On October 17, 1996, the Company commenced a tender offer for all of the
Existing Notes and a solicitation of consents from the holders of the Existing
Notes to (i) eliminate or modify certain covenants and other provisions
contained in the Existing Note Indenture in order to improve the financial
flexibility of the Company, (ii) amend the Pledge Agreement to release the
collateral securing the Existing Notes, thereby making the Existing Notes
unsecured obligations of the Company and (iii) release the Subsidiary Guarantors
(as defined in the Existing Note Indenture) from their obligations as guarantors
under the Existing Note Indenture. The consummation of the Tender Offer is
conditioned on the valid tender of a majority of the outstanding Existing Notes
and the Company having obtained the requisite financing for payment of the
tendered Existing Notes. As of the date of this Prospectus, the holders
representing over a majority in principal amount of the Existing Notes had
validly tendered their Existing Notes and delivered their consents.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   19
 
The Tender Offer will expire on November 25, 1996, unless further extended, at
which time the Company expects to purchase all of the Existing Notes validly
tendered with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offerings.
 
THE NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
     The Company is currently negotiating a New Credit Agreement which is
expected to be executed after the closing of this Offering. The New Credit
Agreement is expected to contain a $225 million commitment and provide for
additional borrowing of up to $75 million at the discretion of the lenders. See
"Description of Other Indebtedness -- New Credit Agreement" for a discussion of
the terms of the agreement. There can be no assurance that the New Credit
Agreement will be entered into.
 
THE NOTE OFFERING
 
     Concurrently with this Offering, the Company is offering $255 million
aggregate principal amount of Notes by a separate prospectus. The Notes will be
issued pursuant to the Indenture and will be general unsecured obligations of
the Company subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future senior
indebtedness of the Company.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   20
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from this Offering are estimated to be
approximately $47.6 million (or approximately $54.9 million if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. The net proceeds
of this Offering, together with the net proceeds of the Note Offering, will be
used as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 (DOLLARS
                                                                                    IN
                                                                                THOUSANDS)
                                                                                ----------
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Sources of Funds:
      Gross Proceeds of this Offering.........................................   $ 50,600
      Gross Proceeds of the Note Offering.....................................    255,000
                                                                                 --------
              Total sources...................................................   $305,600
                                                                                 ========
    Uses of Funds:
      Repay Existing Credit Agreement.........................................   $  9,500(1)
      Repurchase Existing Notes...............................................    111,500(2)
      Purchase Price of the Acquisitions(3)...................................    100,500
      Financing Fees and Expenses.............................................     10,527
      Cash(4).................................................................     73,573
                                                                                 --------
              Total uses......................................................   $305,600
                                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Represents amounts outstanding at July 31, 1996 under the Existing Credit
    Agreement, as adjusted to give effect to the IPO, and does not reflect $40.0
    million in borrowings to finance the FKM acquisition, all of which will be
    repaid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offerings. The Existing
    Credit Agreement bears interest computed as a margin over either the
    lender's base rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate. See "Description of
    Other Indebtedness -- Existing Credit Agreement."
(2) Does not reflect the payment of $5.5 million of interest paid on November
    15, 1996. Assumes the tender of all of the Existing Notes. The Existing
    Notes mature on May 15, 2003 and were issued in May 1993 in an aggregate
    principal amount of $100 million, all of which are currently outstanding.
    The Existing Notes bear interest at the rate of 11% per annum. See
    "Description of Other Indebtedness -- Existing Notes."
(3) The Company has borrowed $40.0 million under the Existing Credit Agreement
    to finance the FKM acquisition, all of which will be repaid with a portion
    of the net proceeds from the Offerings.
(4) This amount, together with the $225 million commitment under the New Credit
    Agreement, will be available for general corporate purposes, including
    future acquisitions and working capital. This amount does not reflect the
    remaining $14.4 million of net proceeds from the IPO and ($0.8) million net
    adjustments related to the Acquisitions.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company does not anticipate paying dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable future. The Company intends to retain future earnings for
reinvestment in the Company. In addition, the Existing Credit Agreement and the
Existing Note Indenture contain, and the New Credit Agreement and the Indenture,
if entered into, will contain, limitations on the Company's ability to pay
dividends or make any other distributions on the Common Stock. The Company's
Class A Preferred Stock is entitled to preferential dividends, in an annual
aggregate amount of $364,903, before any dividends may be paid on the Common
Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Description of Indebtedness." Any
future determination as to the payment of dividends will be subject to such
limitations, will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and
will depend on the Company's results of operations, financial condition, capital
requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   21
 
                      PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
     The Class A Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "LAMR." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
high and low closing sales prices for the Class A Common Stock as reported by
the Nasdaq National Market. Prior to August 2, 1996, the day on which the Class
A Common Stock was first publicly traded, there was no public market for the
Class A Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          HIGH       LOW
                                                                         ------     ------
    <S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
    Fiscal year ended October 31, 1996:
      Fourth Quarter (beginning August 2, 1996)........................  $42.50     $20.13
    Fiscal year ended October 31, 1997:
      First Quarter (through November 21, 1996)........................  $27.50     $24.13
</TABLE>
 
     On November 21, 1996, the last reported sale price per share for the Class
A Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $24.25.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   22
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth (i) the capitalization of the Company as of
July 31, 1996 and (ii) such pro forma capitalization adjusted for the IPO and
the Transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF JULY 31, 1996
                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                                    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                      FOR THE
                                                                                    IPO AND THE
                                                                         ACTUAL     TRANSACTIONS
                                                                        --------    ------------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.............................................  $  1,965      $ 89,138
                                                                        ========      ========
Current maturities of long-term debt..................................     5,326         4,103
Long-term debt, less current maturities
  11% Senior Secured Notes............................................   100,000            --
  9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes....................................        --       255,000
  Notes payable to bank group.........................................    34,250            --
  Revolving credit facility...........................................    15,500            --
  Other long-term debt................................................     4,931         5,807
  Ten-year subordinated notes.........................................        --        18,000
                                                                        --------      --------
          Total long-term debt, less current maturities...............   154,681       278,807
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
  Class A Preferred Stock, $638 par value, 10,000 shares authorized,
     5,719.49 issued and outstanding..................................     3,649         3,649
  Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no
     shares issued and outstanding....................................        --            --
  Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares
     authorized, 10,180,483 actual shares issued and outstanding,
     17,204,340 issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted........        10(1)         17
  Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 25,000,000 shares
     authorized, 14,301,537 actual shares issued and outstanding,
     13,791,389 issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted........        14(1)         14
  Additional paid-in capital..........................................        --        85,476
  Accumulated deficit.................................................   (28,962)      (38,387)
                                                                        --------      --------
          Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........................   (25,289)       50,769
                                                                        --------      --------
          Total capitalization........................................  $134,718      $333,679
                                                                        ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Gives effect to the approximate 778.9 for 1 stock split and recapitalization
    effected after July 31, 1996.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   23
 
  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
    The selected consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet data
presented below are derived from the consolidated financial statements of the
Company. The financial statements of the Company for the three years ended
October 31, 1995 and as of October 31, 1994 and 1995 were audited by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP, independent auditors, as indicated in their report included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations and
balance sheet data as of and for the nine months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996
are derived from unaudited financial statements. The unaudited financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and the results of operations for these periods. The results of
operations for any such period are not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations for a full year. The data presented below should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, related notes,
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and other financial information included herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                                  PRO FORMA     NINE MONTHS ENDED       TWELVE
                                         YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                  YEAR ENDED         JULY 31,         MONTHS ENDED
                           ---------------------------------------------------   OCTOBER 31,   -------------------     JULY 31,
                             1991      1992       1993       1994       1995       1995(1)       1995       1996       1996(1)
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------   -----------   --------   --------   ------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Revenues:
 Net advertising
   revenues............... $ 60,834   $60,760   $ 65,365   $ 83,627   $101,871    $ 118,335    $ 76,295   $ 87,647     $132,741
 Management fees..........      827       623        595        334         31           31          23         45           53
 Rental income............      601       572        564        512        506          506         408        473          571
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
       Total net
        revenues..........   62,262    61,955     66,524     84,473    102,408      118,872      76,726     88,165      133,365
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Operating expenses:
 Direct advertising
   expenses...............   22,143    22,783     23,830     28,959     34,386       39,783      26,564     30,969       44,947
 General and
   administrative
   expenses...............   17,703    18,225     19,504     24,239     27,057       31,679      20,636     22,842       34,320
 Depreciation and
   amortization...........    8,826     8,881      8,924     11,352     14,090       21,344       9,954     10,568       21,958
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
       Total operating
        expenses..........   48,672    49,889     52,258     64,550     75,533       92,806      57,154     64,379      101,225
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Operating income..........   13,590    12,066     14,266     19,923     26,875       26,066      19,572     23,786       32,140
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Non-operating expense
 (income):
 Interest income..........     (213)      (96)      (218)      (194)      (199)        (211)       (133)      (140)        (230)
 Interest expense.........   11,650    10,454     11,502     13,599     15,783       27,004      11,948     11,957       26,973
 Loss (gain) on
   disposition of
   assets.................      216    (1,309)       729        675      2,328        2,560       1,004        818        2,146
 Other expense............    1,001       392        576        616        655        1,006         684        254          504
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
       Total non-operating
        expense...........   12,654     9,441     12,589     14,696     18,567       30,359      13,503     12,889       29,393
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Earnings (loss) before
 income taxes and
 extraordinary item.......      936     2,625      1,677      5,227      8,308       (4,293)      6,069     10,897        2,747
Income tax expense
 (benefit)(2).............      207       270        476     (2,072)    (2,390)      (6,976)     (2,480)     4,420          808
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Extraordinary loss on debt
 extinguishment, net of
 income tax benefit of
 $98......................       --        --     (1,854)        --         --           --          --         --           --
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Net earnings (loss)(3)....      729     2,355       (653)     7,299     10,698        2,683       8,549      6,477        1,939
Preferred stock
 dividends................       --        --         --         --         --           --          --        274          274
                           --------   -------   --------   --------   --------    ---------    --------   --------     --------
Net earnings (loss)
 applicable to common
 stock....................      729     2,355       (653)     7,299     10,698        2,683       8,549      6,203        1,665
                           ========   =======   ========   ========   ========    =========    ========   ========     ========
Earnings per common share
 before extraordinary
 item(4).................. $    .02   $   .07   $    .03   $    .21   $    .32    $     .07    $    .26   $    .23     $    .05
                           ========   =======   ========   ========   ========    =========    ========   ========     ========
Net earnings (loss) per
 common share(4).......... $    .02   $   .07   $   (.02)  $    .21   $    .32    $     .07    $    .26   $    .23     $    .05
                           ========   =======   ========   ========   ========    =========    ========   ========     ========
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(5).................   22,416    20,947     23,190     31,275     40,965       47,410      29,526     34,354       54,098
EBITDA margin.............       36%       34%        35%        37%        40%          40%         39%        39%          41%
Ratio of EBITDA to
 interest expense.........      1.9x      2.0x       2.0x       2.3x       2.6x         1.8x        2.5x       2.9x         2.0x
Ratio of net debt to
 EBITDA(6)................      4.9x      5.0x       4.6x       4.7x       3.4x         3.7          --         --          3.6x
Ratio of total debt to
 EBITDA...................      4.9x      5.0x       5.0x       4.9x       3.6x         6.0          --         --          5.2x
Ratio of earnings to fixed
 charges(7)...............      1.1x      1.2x       1.0x       1.3x       1.4x         0.9x        1.4x       1.7x         1.1x
Capital expenditures:
 Outdoor advertising......    1,847     1,695      2,374      4,997      6,643       10,251       4,786      4,922       10,359
 Logos....................      629     3,056      2,009      2,761      1,567        1,567       1,390      7,989        8,096
Cash flows from operating
 activities(8)............   10,328    12,930     12,411     15,214     25,065           --      10,752     15,595           --
Cash flows from investing
 activities(8)............   (4,236)   (7,273)   (10,064)   (53,569)   (17,817)          --     (11,049)   (28,798)          --
Cash flows from financing
 activities(8)............   (5,133)   (6,734)     6,802     37,147     (9,378)          --      (5,751)     9,287           --
Number of outdoor
 advertising
 displays(9)..............   18,829    17,835     17,659     22,369     22,547       27,609      22,512     23,089       28,151
Number of logo advertising
 displays(9)..............    5,027    11,371     13,820     18,266     24,219       24,219      22,431     48,362       48,362
Cumulative logo sign
 franchises(9)............        4         5          7          7         11           11           8         15           15
BALANCE SHEET DATA(9):
Cash and cash
 equivalents..............    1,152        75      9,224      8,016      5,886           --       1,968      1,965       89,138
Working capital...........   (2,876)   (7,557)     7,274      1,691      1,737           --         178      1,479       90,877
Total assets..............   81,737    78,649     92,041    130,008    133,885           --     130,119    150,267      349,440
Total debt (including
 current maturities)......  110,350   104,222    115,380    153,929    146,051           --     148,552    160,007      282,910
Total long-term
 obligations..............  111,267   103,567    122,774    147,957    143,944           --     142,433    156,674      280,800
Stockholders' equity
 (deficit)................  (43,787)  (41,870)   (43,249)   (37,352)   (28,154)          --     (29,178)   (25,289)      50,769
</TABLE>
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   24
 
- ---------------
 
(1) For purposes of the pro forma adjusted financial information (i) the
    statement of earnings of the Company for its fiscal year ended October 31,
    1995 has been combined with the statements of earnings of Outdoor East and
    FKM for their fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, (ii) the statement of
    earnings of the Company for the twelve month period ended July 31, 1996 has
    been combined with the statements of earnings of Outdoor East and FKM for
    the twelve months ended September 30, 1996 and (iii) effect has been given
    to the IPO and the Transactions. None of the other Transactions is a
    condition to this Offering. For a more complete description of the pro forma
    impact on the Company's results of operations if certain of the Transactions
    are not consummated see " Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
    Financial Statements."
 
(2) The benefit of the Company's net operating loss carryforward was fully
    recognized as of October 31, 1995, resulting in the income tax expense shown
    for the nine months ended July 31, 1996, compared to the income tax benefit
    for the same period in the prior year.
 
(3) Pro forma financial information for the year ended October 31, 1995 and the
    twelve months ended July 31, 1996 does not give effect to extraordinary loss
    from extinguishment of debt net of tax of $9,235 and $9,470, respectively.
 
(4) After giving effect to the approximately 778.9 for 1 split of the Company's
    then-existing common stock and the recapitalization effected after July 31,
    1996.
 
(5) "EBITDA" is defined as operating income before depreciation and
    amortization. It represents a measure which management believes is
    customarily used to evaluate the financial performance of companies in the
    media industry. However, EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance
    under generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered
    an alternative to operating income or net earnings as an indicator of the
    Company's operating performance or to net cash provided by operating
    activities as a measure of its liquidity.
 
(6) "Net debt" consists of debt less cash and cash equivalents.
 
(7) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed by dividing earnings by
    fixed charges. For this purpose, earnings consist of income from continuing
    operations, before income taxes and fixed charges of the Company and its
    subsidiaries plus the Company's share of the distributed income of less than
    50% owned persons. Fixed charges consist of the Company's and its
    subsidiaries' interest expense (including interest costs capitalized) and
    the portion of rent expense representative of an interest factor.
 
(8) Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities are obtained
    from the Company's consolidated statements of cash flows prepared in
    accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(9) As of the end of the period.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   25
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
 
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The following sets forth unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
financial information for the Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated statements of earnings for the year ended October 31, 1995, the
nine month period ended July 31, 1996 and for the twelve month period ended July
31, 1996 give effect to (i) the consummation of the IPO and the application of
the net proceeds therefrom, (ii) the Acquisitions, (iii) the Offerings and the
application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, and (iv) the Tender Offer,
as if each had occurred on the first date of each such period. The unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 1996 has been prepared
as if the IPO, the Acquisitions, the Offerings and the Tender Offer had occurred
on July 31, 1996.
 
     For purposes of the pro forma financial information (i) the statement of
earnings of the Company for its fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 has been
combined with the statements of earnings of Outdoor East and FKM for their
fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, (ii) the statement of earnings of the
Company for the nine months ended July 31, 1996 has been combined with the
statements of earnings of Outdoor East and FKM for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, (iii) the statement of earnings of the Company for the
twelve month period ended July 31, 1996 has been combined with the statements of
earnings of Outdoor East and FKM for the twelve months ended September 30, 1996
and (iv) the balance sheet of the Company as of July 31, 1996 has been combined
with the balance sheets of Outdoor East and FKM as of September 30, 1996.
 
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give
effect to the Acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting.
 
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have
been prepared by the Company's management. The unaudited pro forma data are not
designed to represent and do not represent what the Company's results of
operations or financial position would have been had the aforementioned
transactions been completed on or as of the dates assumed, and are not intended
to project the Company's results of operations for any future period or as of
any future date. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the audited and unaudited
consolidated financial statements and notes of the Company and certain acquired
businesses included elsewhere or incorporated by reference herein.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   26
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
 
    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS (LOSS)
                          YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   INITIAL EQUITY
                                                                                      OFFERING                     OUTDOOR
                                                                       LAMAR        ADJUSTMENTS           FKM       EAST
                                                                     ----------    --------------       -------    -------
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>                  <C>        <C>
Revenues
  Outdoor advertising, net.........................................  $  101,871                         $ 4,956    $11,508
  Rental income....................................................         506                                         --
  Management fees from related and affiliated parties..............          31                                         --
  Other income.....................................................          --                              45         --
  Interest income..................................................          --                              12         --
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
                                                                        102,408                           5,013     11,508
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
Direct expenses
  Direct advertising expenses......................................      34,386                           1,513      3,884
  General and administrative expenses..............................      27,057                           1,119      3,548
  Depreciation and amortization....................................      14,090                           1,823      2,675
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
                                                                         75,533                           4,455     10,107
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
Operating income...................................................      26,875                             558      1,401
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
Other expense (income)
  Interest income..................................................        (199)                              0
  Interest expense.................................................      15,783          (2,337)(1)(6)    1,039      2,060
  Loss on disposition of assets....................................       2,328                             232         --
  Other expenses...................................................         655                               7        344
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
                                                                         18,567          (2,337)          1,278      2,404
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes................................       8,308           2,337            (720)    (1,003)
  Income tax expense (benefit).....................................      (2,390)            935 (11)       (192)
                                                                     ----------       ---------         -------    -------
Net earnings (loss)................................................  $   10,698      $    1,402         $  (528)   $(1,003)
                                                                     ==========       =========         =======    =======
Net earnings per common share......................................  $     0.32
                                                                     ==========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding......................  33,772,107       4,294,041
                                                                     ==========       =========
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       TENDER
                                                                                                      OFFER AND
                                                                                      ADJUSTMENTS       NOTE           PRO FORMA
                                                                     ACQUISITION       FOR THIS       OFFERING        COMBINED AS
                                                                     ADJUSTMENTS       OFFERING      ADJUSTMENTS       ADJUSTED
                                                                     -----------      -----------    -----------      -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>
Revenues
  Outdoor advertising, net.........................................                                                   $  118,335
  Rental income....................................................                                                          506
  Management fees from related and affiliated parties..............                                                           31
  Other income.....................................................        (45)(8)                                             0
  Interest income..................................................        (12)(7)                                             0
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
                                                                           (57)                                          118,872
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
Direct expenses
  Direct advertising expenses......................................                                                       39,783
  General and administrative expenses..............................        (45)(8)                                        31,679
  Depreciation and amortization....................................      2,565 (2)                         191 (5)        21,344
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
                                                                         2,520                             191            92,806
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
Operating income...................................................     (2,577)                           (191)           26,066
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
Other expense (income)
  Interest income..................................................        (12)(7)                                          (211)
  Interest expense.................................................     (3,085)(3)                      13,544 (4)        27,004
  Loss on disposition of assets....................................                                                        2,560
  Other expenses...................................................                                                        1,006
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
                                                                        (3,097)                         13,544            30,359
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes................................        520                         (13,735)           (4,293)
  Income tax expense (benefit).....................................        165 (11)                     (5,494)(11)       (6,976)
                                                                       -------         ---------       -------        ----------
Net earnings (loss)................................................    $   355         $               $(8,241)       $    2,683
                                                                       =======         =========       =======        ==========
Net earnings per common share......................................                                                   $     0.07
                                                                                       =========                      ==========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding......................                    2,200,000                      40,266,148
                                                                                       =========                      ==========
 
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   27
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
 
    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS (LOSS)
                        NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1996
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    INITIAL EQUITY
                                                                                       OFFERING                    OUTDOOR
                                                                        LAMAR        ADJUSTMENTS          FKM       EAST
                                                                      ----------    --------------       ------    -------
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>                  <C>       <C>          
Revenues
  Outdoor advertising, net..........................................  $   87,647      $                  $5,924    $ 9,130
  Rental income.....................................................         473
  Management fees from related and affiliated parties...............          45                                       100
  Other income......................................................                                         80         --
  Interest income...................................................                                         20         --
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
                                                                          88,165                          6,024      9,230
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
Direct expenses                                                                  
  Direct advertising expenses.......................................      30,969                          1,744      3,004
  General and administrative expenses...............................      22,842                          1,352      2,699
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................      10,568                          1,975      2,192
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
                                                                          64,379                          5,071      7,895
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
Operating income....................................................      23,786                            953      1,335
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
Other expense (income)
  Interest income...................................................        (140)
  Interest expense..................................................      11,957          (1,871)(1)(6)   1,589      2,160
  Loss on disposition of assets.....................................         818
  Other expenses....................................................         254                              6        790
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
                                                                          12,889          (1,871)         1,595      2,950
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.................................      10,897           1,871           (642)    (1,615)
  Income tax expense (benefit)......................................       4,420             748 (11)      (120)       --
                                                                      ----------      ----------         ------    -------
Net earnings (loss).................................................  $    6,477      $    1,123         $ (522)   $(1,615)
                                                                                      ==========         ======    =======
Preferred stock dividends...........................................         274 
                                                                      ---------- 
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common stock......................       6,203 
                                                                      ========== 
Net earnings per common share.......................................  $     0.23 
                                                                      ========== 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding.......................  27,068,544       4,294,041
                                                                      ==========      ==========
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        TENDER
                                                                                                       OFFER AND
                                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS       NOTE           PRO FORMA
                                                                      ACQUISITION       FOR THIS       OFFERING        COMBINED AS
                                                                      ADJUSTMENTS       OFFERING      ADJUSTMENTS       ADJUSTED
                                                                      -----------      -----------    -----------      -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>
Revenues
  Outdoor advertising, net..........................................    $              $                $              $  102,701
  Rental income.....................................................                                                          473
  Management fees from related and affiliated parties...............       (100)(9)                                            45
  Other income......................................................        (80)(8)                                            --
  Interest income...................................................        (20)(7)                                            --
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
                                                                           (200)                                          103,219
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
Direct expenses                                                                                                                  
  Direct advertising expenses.......................................                                                       35,717
  General and administrative expenses...............................        (80)(8)                                        26,813
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................      1,129 (2)                          77 (5)        15,941
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
                                                                          1,049                              77            78,471
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
Operating income....................................................     (1,249)                            (77)           24,748
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
Other expense (income)                                                                                                           
  Interest income...................................................        (20)(7)                                          (160)
  Interest expense..................................................     (3,738)(3)                      10,158 (4)        20,255
  Loss on disposition of assets.....................................                                                          818
  Other expenses....................................................       (716)(10)                                          334
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
                                                                         (4,474)                         10,158            21,247
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.................................      3,225                         (10,235)            3,501
  Income tax expense (benefit)......................................        847 (11)                     (4,094)(11)        1,801
                                                                        -------        ----------       -------        ----------
Net earnings (loss).................................................    $ 2,378        $                $(6,141)       $    1,700
                                                                        =======                         =======                  
Preferred stock dividends...........................................                                                          274
                                                                                                                       ----------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common stock......................                                                        1,426
                                                                                       ==========                      ==========
Net earnings per common share.......................................                                                   $     0.04
                                                                                       ==========                      ==========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding.......................                    2,200,000                      33,562,585
                                                                                       ==========                      ==========
 
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   28
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
 
    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS (LOSS)
                       TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1996
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   INITIAL EQUITY
                                                                                      OFFERING                  OUTDOOR
                                                                         LAMAR      ADJUSTMENTS          FKM     EAST
                                                                      -----------  --------------       ------  -------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>                  <C>     <C>          
Revenues
  Outdoor advertising, net..........................................      113,223                        7,376  12,142
  Rental income.....................................................          571                           --      --
  Management fees from related and affiliated parties...............           53                           --     100
  Other income......................................................           --                           85      --
  Interest income...................................................           --                           24      --
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
                                                                          113,847                        7,485  12,242
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
Direct expenses
  Direct advertising expenses.......................................       38,791                        2,214   3,942
  General and administrative expenses...............................       29,263                        1,632   3,510
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................       14,704                        2,453   2,941
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
                                                                           82,758                        6,299  10,393
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
Operating income....................................................       31,089                        1,186   1,849
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
Other expense (income)
  Interest income...................................................        (206)
  Interest expense..................................................       15,792        (2,377)(1)(6)   1,965   2,672
  Loss on disposition of assets.....................................        2,142                            4       0
  Other expenses....................................................          225                           10     985
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
                                                                           17,953        (2,377)         1,979   3,657
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.................................       13,136         2,377          (793)  (1,808)
  Income tax expense (benefit)......................................        4,510           951 (11)     (157)
                                                                       ----------     ---------          -----  ------
Net earnings (loss).................................................        8,626         1,426          (636)  (1,808)
                                                                                      =========          =====  ======
Preferred stock dividends...........................................          274
                                                                       ----------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common
  stock.............................................................        8,352
                                                                       ==========
Net earnings per common share.......................................        $0.29
                                                                       ==========
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding.......................................................   28,778,075     4,294,041
                                                                       ==========     =========
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     TENDER OFFER
                                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS     AND NOTE         PRO FORMA
                                                                      ACQUISITION       FOR THIS       OFFERING         COMBINED
                                                                      ADJUSTMENTS       OFFERING     ADJUSTMENTS       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                      -----------      -----------   ------------      -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>           <C>               <C>
Revenues
  Outdoor advertising, net..........................................                                                      132,741
  Rental income.....................................................                                                          571
  Management fees from related and affiliated parties...............       (100)(9)                                            53
  Other income......................................................        (85)(8)                                             0
  Interest income...................................................        (24)(7)                                             0
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
                                                                           (209)                                          133,365
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
Direct expenses
  Direct advertising expenses.......................................                                                       44,947
  General and administrative expenses...............................        (85)(8)                                        34,320
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................      1,669 (2)                         191 (5)        21,958
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
                                                                          1,584                             191           101,225
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
Operating income....................................................     (1,793)                           (191)           32,140
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
Other expense (income)
  Interest income...................................................        (24)(7)                                          (230)
  Interest expense..................................................     (4,623)(3)                      13,544 (4)        26,973
  Loss on disposition of assets.....................................                                                        2,146
  Other expenses....................................................       (716)(10)                                          504
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
                                                                         (5,363)                         13,544            29,393
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.................................      3,570                         (13,735)            2,747
  Income tax expense (benefit)......................................        998 (11)                     (5,494)(11)          808
                                                                         ------         ---------       -------        ----------
Net earnings (loss).................................................      2,572                          (8,241)            1,939
                                                                         ======                         =======
Preferred stock dividends...........................................                                                          274
                                                                                        ---------                      ----------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common
  stock.............................................................                                                        1,665
                                                                                        =========                      ==========
Net earnings per common share.......................................                                                   $     0.05
                                                                                        =========                      ==========
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding.......................................................                    2,200,000                      35,272,116
                                                                                        =========                      ==========
 
</TABLE>
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   29
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
 
            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                 JULY 31, 1996
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   INITIAL EQUITY
                                                                                      OFFERING                     OUTDOOR
                                                                        LAMAR       ADJUSTMENTS           FKM       EAST
                                                                       --------    --------------       -------    -------
<S>                                                                    <C>         <C>                  <C>        <C>          
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................  $  1,965       $ 14,396 (13)     $    80    $1,026
  Net receivables....................................................    15,491                             668     1,951
  Other current assets...............................................     2,905                             620       853
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
        Total current assets.........................................    20,361         14,396            1,368     3,830
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
Property, plant & equipment
  Property, plant and equipment,
    net..............................................................   105,185                           7,209    15,566
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
Other assets
  Intangibles........................................................    16,891           (299)(17)       8,676     4,219
  Other assets.......................................................     7,830                           1,689       775
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
        Total assets.................................................  $150,267       $ 14,097          $18,942    $24,390
                                                                       ========       ========          =======    =======
Current liabilities
  Current maturities of long-term debt...............................     5,326         (1,500)(19)       1,490       867
  Other current liabilities..........................................    13,556                             386     1,157
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
                                                                         18,882         (1,500)           1,876     2,024
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
Long-term liabilities
  Long-term debt.....................................................   154,681        (22,250)(21)      15,748    22,943
  Deferred income....................................................       779                              --        --
  Other liabilities..................................................     1,214                              --        --
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
        Total liabilities............................................   175,556        (23,750)          17,624    24,967
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
Stockholders' equity (deficit).......................................   (25,289)        37,847 (22)       1,318      (577)
                                                                       --------       --------          -------    -------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit..................  $150,267       $ 14,097          $18,942    $24,390
                                                                       ========       ========          =======    =======
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         TENDER
                                                                                                        OFFER AND
                                                                                        ADJUSTMENTS       NOTE           PRO FORMA
                                                                       ACQUISITION       FOR THIS       OFFERING        COMBINED AS
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS       OFFERING      ADJUSTMENTS       ADJUSTED
                                                                       -----------      -----------    -----------      -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................   $(102,402)(13)    $47,636 (13)  $ 126,437(13)    $  89,138
  Net receivables....................................................      (2,025)(14)                                      16,085
  Other current assets...............................................        (853)(15)                                       3,525
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
        Total current assets.........................................    (105,280)         47,636         126,437          108,748
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
Property, plant & equipment
  Property, plant and equipment,
    net..............................................................      25,275 (16)                                     153,235
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
Other assets
  Intangibles........................................................      40,656 (17)                      3,355 (17)      73,498
  Other assets.......................................................      (2,618)(18)                      6,283 (18)      13,959
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
        Total assets.................................................   $ (41,967)        $47,636       $ 136,075        $ 349,440
                                                                        =========         =======        ========         ========
Current liabilities
  Current maturities of long-term debt...............................      (2,080)(19)                                       4,103
  Other current liabilities..........................................      (1,331)(20)                                      13,768
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
                                                                           (3,411)                                          17,871
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
Long-term liabilities
  Long-term debt.....................................................     (37,815)(21)                    145,500 (21)     278,807
  Deferred income....................................................                                                          779
  Other liabilities..................................................                                                        1,214
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
        Total liabilities............................................     (41,226)                        145,500          298,671
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
Stockholders' equity (deficit).......................................        (741)(22)     47,636(22)      (9,425)(22)      50,769
                                                                        ---------         -------        --------         --------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit..................   $ (41,967)        $47,636       $ 136,075        $ 349,440
                                                                        =========         =======        ========         ========
 
</TABLE>
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   30
 
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
 
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
     For purposes of determining the pro forma effect of the IPO and the
Transactions on the Company's unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Earnings for the year ended October 31, 1995, the nine months ended July 31,
1996, and the twelve months ended July 31, 1996, the following adjustments have
been made:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS
                                                                              ENDED      TWELVE MONTHS
                                                           YEAR ENDED       JULY 31,         ENDED
                                                        OCTOBER 31, 1995      1996       JULY 31, 1996
                                                        ----------------   -----------   -------------
    <S>                                                 <C>                <C>           <C>
     (1) Represents the elimination of interest
         expense on bank loans under the Existing
         Credit Agreement as a result of the
         application of the net proceeds from the
         IPO..........................................      $ (3,864)        $(3,031)       $(3,904)

     (2) Represents incremental amortization and
         depreciation due to the application of
         purchase accounting. Depreciation and
         amortization are calculated using accelerated
         and straight line methods over the estimated
         useful lives of the
          assets......................................         2,565           1,129          1,669

     (3) Represents the net effect on interest expense
         resulting from (i) additional borrowings
         assumed in the acquisitions and (ii) the
         elimination of interest expense on debt not
         assumed in the acquisitions..................        (3,085)         (3,738)        (4,623)

     (4) To eliminate historical interest expense on
         the Existing Notes and to record interest
         expense on the Notes at a rate of 9.625%. (A
         difference of .125% in the rate of interest
         would have changed income by $319, $239 and
         $319 for the year ended October 31, 1995, the
         nine months ended July 31, 1996 and the
         twelve months ended July 31, 1996,
         respectively.)
          Interest expense on
          the Note Offering...  24,544    18,408    24,544
          Interest expense on
          the Existing
          Notes............... (11,000)   (8,250)  (11,000)   13,544          10,158         13,544
                               -------   -------   -------

     (5) The increase in amortizing debt issuance costs
         associated with the Note Offering over the
         Existing Notes amortization......................
          Amortization under
          Note Offering.......     756       567       756
          Amortization on
          Existing Notes......    (565)     (490)     (565)      191              77            191
                               -------   -------   -------

     (6) Interest expense on the $20 million ten year
         subordinated notes issued to existing
         shareholders at the time of the IPO..........         1,527           1,160          1,527

     (7) To reclassify interest income in order to
         conform to the Company's presentation........           (12)            (20)           (24)
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   31
 
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
 
                CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                 <C>                <C>           <C>
     (8) To reclassify other income in order to
         conform to the Company's presentation........           (45)            (80)           (85)
     (9) To eliminate management fee income on Outdoor
         East historical financial statements, which
         would not have been earned had the
         Acquisitions been consummated on November 1,
         1994.........................................            --            (100)          (100)
    (10) To eliminate costs associated with the sale
         and reorganization of Outdoor East which
         would not have been incurred had the
         Acquisitions been consummated on November 1,
         1994.........................................            --            (716)          (716)
    (11) To record the tax effect on pro forma
         statements for:
            IPO.......................................           935             748            951
            Acquisitions..............................           165             847            998
            Tender Offer and Note Offering............        (5,494)         (4,094)        (5,494)
    (12) The accompanying pro forma results of
         operation do not give effect to the
         extraordinary loss on the extinguishment of
         debt of $9,235, $9,425 and $9,470 for the
         year ended October 31, 1995, for the nine
         months ended July 31, 1996 and for the twelve
         months ended July 31, 1996; respectively,
         however, such amounts have been reflected as
         an adjustment to pro forma retained earnings.
</TABLE>
 
     For purposes of determining the pro forma effect of the IPO and the
Transactions on the Company's unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as
of July 31, 1996, the following adjustments have been made:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                TENDER OFFER
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS        AND
                                                          IPO       ACQUISITION    FOR THIS     NOTE OFFERING
                                                      ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    OFFERING      ADJUSTMENTS
                                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<C>   <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 (13) Cash:
      Net proceeds of the IPO and the
        Transactions................................   $  63,146                    $47,636       $ 247,437
      Use of proceeds of the IPO and the
        Transactions................................     (48,750)                                  (121,000)
      Represents purchase of FKM....................                 $ (40,000)
      Payoff of receivable from
        shareholder -- FKM..........................                        74
      Represents purchase of Outdoor East...........                   (60,500)
      To record payoff of note assumed -- Outdoor
        East........................................                      (950)
      To remove cash not purchased from Outdoor
        East........................................                    (1,026)
                                                        --------     ---------     --------       ---------
                                                       $  14,396     $(102,402)     $47,636       $ 126,437
                                                        ========     =========     ========       =========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<C>   <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 (14) Net receivables:
      Payoff of receivable from
        shareholder -- FKM..........................                 $     (74)
      To remove net receivables not purchased from
        Outdoor East................................                    (1,951)
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $  (2,025)
                                                                     =========
</TABLE>
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   32
 
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
 
                CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                TENDER OFFER
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS        AND
                                                          IPO       ACQUISITION    FOR THIS     NOTE OFFERING
                                                      ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    OFFERING      ADJUSTMENTS
                                                       --------      ---------     --------       ---------
<C>   <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 (15) Other current assets:
      To remove net receivables not purchased from
        Outdoor East................................                 $    (853)
                                                                     =========
 (16) Property, plant and equipment:
      To record the net increase in property, plant
        and equipment from the allocation of the
        purchase price of the FKM acquisition.......                 $   5,421
      To record the net increase in structures from
        the allocation of the purchase price of the
        Outdoor East acquisition....................                    19,854
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $  25,275
                                                                     =========
 (17) Intangibles:
      To reclassify additional offering fees........   $    (299)
      To record net intangible assets from purchase
        of FKM......................................                 $  17,730
      To record net intangible assets from purchase
        of Outdoor East assets......................                    22,926
      To record capitalized fees of the Notes
        Offering....................................                                              $   7,563
      To remove issuance costs of Existing Notes....                                                 (4,208)
                                                        --------     ---------                    ---------
                                                       $    (299)    $  40,656                    $   3,355
                                                        ========     =========                    =========
 (18) Other assets:
      To eliminate other assets not purchased from
        Outdoor East................................                 $    (775)
      To record reduction of deferred tax asset
        after giving effect to FKM acquisition......                    (1,843)
      To record tax effect of loss on early
        extinguishment of debt......................                                              $   6,283
                                                                     ---------                    ---------
                                                                     $  (2,618)                   $   6,283
                                                                     =========                    =========
 (19) Current maturities of long-term debt:
      To record payoff of borrowings under the
        Existing Credit Agreement...................   $  (3,500)
      To record ten year subordinated note payable,
        current portion.............................       2,000
      To remove liabilities not assumed in FKM
        acquisition.................................                 $  (1,467)
      To record net current maturities of long-term
        debt related to Outdoor East acquisition....                      (613)
                                                        --------     ---------
                                                       $  (1,500)    $  (2,080)
                                                        ========     =========
</TABLE>
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   33
 
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
 
                CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                TENDER OFFER
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS        AND
                                                          IPO       ACQUISITION    FOR THIS     NOTE OFFERING
                                                      ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    OFFERING      ADJUSTMENTS
                                                       --------      ---------     --------       ---------
<C>   <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 (20) Other current liabilities:
      To remove liabilities not assumed from
        Outdoor East................................                 $  (1,157)
      To remove liabilities not assumed from FKM....                      (174)
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $  (1,331)
                                                                     =========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<C>   <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 (21) Long-term debt:
      To record payoff of loans under the Existing
        Credit Agreement............................   $ (40,250)                                 $  (9,500)
      To record ten year subordinated note payable,
        long-term portion...........................      18,000
      To remove net liabilities not assumed from
        FKM.........................................                 $ (15,733)
      To remove net liabilities not assumed from
        Outdoor East................................                   (22,082)
      To record effect of Tender Offer..............                                               (100,000)
      To record effect of the issuance of the
        Notes.......................................                                                255,000
                                                        --------     ---------                    ---------
                                                       $ (22,250)    $ (37,815)                   $ 145,500
                                                        ========     =========                    =========
 (22) Stockholders' deficit:
      Net proceeds of the IPO and this Offering of
        2,200 shares at a price of $23.00 per
        share.......................................   $  62,847                   $  47,636
      Consideration related to previous stock
        redemptions.................................     (25,000)
      To reverse historical equity in connection
        with the Acquisitions.......................                      (741)
      To record effect on equity due to loss on
        early extinguishment of debt................                                              $  (9,425)
                                                        --------     ---------      --------      ---------
                                                       $  37,847     $    (741)    $  47,636      $  (9,425)
                                                        ========     =========      ========      =========
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   34
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following is a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and
results of operations of the Company for the three fiscal years ended October
31, 1995, and for the nine months ended July 31, 1996 compared to the same
period for the prior year. This discussion should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes, and
the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of the Company and the related
notes, included in and incorporated by reference to this Prospectus. References
herein to specific years refer to the Company's fiscal year ending on October 31
of such years.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company's net revenues, which represent gross revenues less commissions
paid to advertising agencies that contract for the use of advertising displays
on behalf of advertisers, are derived primarily from the sale of advertising on
outdoor advertising displays owned and operated by the Company. In recent years,
the Company's logo sign business has expanded rapidly and may in the future have
an increasing impact on the Company's revenues and operating income.
 
     The Company has grown significantly during the last three years, primarily
as the result of (i) internal growth in its existing outdoor advertising
business resulting from construction of additional outdoor advertising displays,
general improvements in occupancy and operating efficiency and increases in
advertising rates, (ii) acquisitions of outdoor advertising businesses and
structures, the most significant of which was the Company's acquisition of the
50.6% interest that it did not already own in Lamar Holding Corporation ("LHC")
in 1994, and (iii) the rapid expansion of the Company's logo sign business. The
Company's net advertising revenues increased by $36.4 million, representing a
compound annual growth rate of 24.8%, from $65.4 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1993 to $101.9 million for the fiscal year ended October 31,
1995. During the same period, EBITDA increased $17.8 million, representing a
compound annual growth rate of 32.9%, from $23.2 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1993 to $41.0 million for the fiscal year ended October 31,
1995.
 
     The Company plans to continue a strategy of expanding through both internal
growth and acquisitions. As a result of acquisitions, principally the LHC
acquisition, the operating performance of certain markets and of the Company as
a whole are not necessarily comparable on a year-to-year basis. All recent
acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and, consequently, operating results from acquired operations are included from
the respective dates of those acquisitions. The Company has recently acquired
FKM for an aggregate cash purchase price of $40 million, acquired logo sign
franchises in Kansas and Tennessee for an aggregate cash purchase price of $1.4
million and has acquired certain outdoor advertising properties for an aggregate
cash cost of approximately $13 million. In addition, the Company has executed
agreements to purchase Outdoor East for an aggregate cash purchase price of
approximately $60 million, the logo sign franchises for Kentucky and Nevada for
$3.8 million in cash certain transit advertising displays for approximately $1.1
million in cash, and has executed a letter of intent to acquire the assets of an
additional outdoor advertising company at a cash purchase price of approximately
$75 million. The Company intends to finance its acquisition activities from
external sources, including the proceeds of this Offering, the proceeds of the
Note Offering and borrowings under the New Credit Agreement. See "The
Transactions."
 
     The Company relies on sales of advertising space for its revenues, and its
operating results are therefore affected by general economic conditions, as well
as trends in the advertising industry. The Company believes that in recent years
outdoor advertising expenditures have increased more rapidly than total U.S.
advertising expenditures, but there can be no assurance that this trend will
continue or that in the future outdoor advertising will not grow more slowly
than the advertising industry as a whole.
 
     Manufacturers of tobacco products, primarily cigarettes, were historically
major users of outdoor advertising displays. Due to societal and governmental
pressures and other factors, in the early 1990's, leading tobacco manufacturers
substantially reduced their domestic advertising expenditures. The Company's
tobacco
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   35
 
revenues, as a percentage of total net revenues, declined from 17% in fiscal
1991 to 12% in fiscal 1992, 7% in fiscal 1993 and 1994 and 9% in fiscal 1995.
During this period, the Company has replaced the reduced tobacco advertising by
diversifying its customer base and increasing sales to local advertisers.
 
     Growth of the Company's business requires significant capital expenditures
to finance internal growth, acquisitions and the up-front costs associated with
new logo sign franchises. The Company expended $7.6 million on capital
expenditures in fiscal 1993, $13.4 million in fiscal 1994 and $14.0 million in
fiscal 1995. Of these amounts, $2.0 million, $2.8 million and $1.6 million,
respectively, were attributable to the logo sign business. See "-- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
     In the fiscal years ended October 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company recognized
an income tax benefit from a net operating loss carryforward. The benefit of the
Company's net operating loss carryforward was fully recognized as of October 31,
1995, resulting in the recognition of income tax expense for the nine months
ended July 31, 1996.
 
     The following table presents certain items in the Consolidated Statements
of Earnings (Loss) as a percentage of net revenues for the years ended October
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the nine months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NINE MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,       ENDED JULY 31,
                                                 -------------------------     ---------------
                                                 1993      1994      1995      1995      1996
                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
    <S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
    Net revenues...............................  100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
    Operating expenses
      Direct advertising expenses..............   35.8      34.3      33.6      34.6      35.1
      General & administrative expenses........   29.3      28.7      26.4      26.9      25.9
    Operating cash flow........................   34.9      37.0      40.0      38.5      39.0
    Depreciation and amortization..............   13.4      13.4      13.8      13.0      12.0
    Operating income...........................   21.4      23.6      26.2      25.5      27.0
    Interest expense...........................   17.3      16.1      15.4      15.6      13.6
    Other expense..............................   18.9      17.4      18.1      17.6      14.6
    Net earnings (loss)........................   (1.0)      8.6      10.4      11.1       7.3
</TABLE>
 
EFFECTS OF THE ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Acquisitions will result in the addition of 2,745 bulletins and 2,317
posters, or a total of 5,062 outdoor advertising displays, to the Company's
inventory, which represents a 21% increase in its outdoor advertising displays.
The Company has also acquired an additional 1,686 outdoor advertising displays
since July 31, 1996.
 
     The FKM acquisition expands the Company's operations in Ohio through the
addition of the Youngstown market and gives the Company a presence in
Pennsylvania through the operation of FKM's inventory of bulletins located on
interstate highways and other primary roads in that state. The Outdoor East
acquisition will add a billboard operation with structures positioned along
heavily travelled highways serving the Eastern U.S. It will also add the
Columbia, SC market, which is ranked as the 88th largest market in the U.S., as
well as several smaller markets and displays located along North Carolina
interstate highways and primary roads.
 
     On a pro forma basis for the twelve months ending July 31, 1996, the
Acquisitions add $19.5 million in net outdoor advertising revenues to the
Company's $113.2 net outdoor advertising revenues for the period, which
constitutes an increase of 17%. The Company expects to be able to achieve
certain operating efficiencies through the addition of outdoor advertising
businesses operating in or near markets currently served by the Company.
 
RECENT RESULTS
 
     Based upon preliminary information, the Company estimates that its net
revenue and EBITDA for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 will be in the
approximate range of $119.0 million and $48.5 million, respectively. The
Company's net revenue and EBITDA for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 were
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   36
 
$102.4 million and $41.0 million, respectively. This subsection contains forward
looking statements and estimates which could prove inaccurate. The Company's
fiscal year has just ended and its results have not yet been determined, nor has
the year-end audit taken place. Consequently, the estimates contained in this
subsection are subject to change depending on the finalization of actual
results, potential year-end adjustments and completion of the audit. In
addition, the Company's results could be affected by the factors identified in
"Risk Factors."
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995
 
     Net revenues increased $11.4 million or 14.9% to $88.2 million for the nine
months ended July 31, 1996 compared to $76.8 million for the same period in
1995. This increase was primarily a result of the $6.8 million increase in
outdoor advertising net revenues, principally attributable to increases in
number of displays of approximately 600 and advertising rates at an average of
6%, with occupancy rates remaining relatively steady, and a $4.3 million
increase in logo sign revenue due to the continued development of that program.
Net outdoor advertising revenue for the period was $77.5 million and logo sign
revenue was $9.0 million.
 
     Operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased
$6.6 million or 14.0% for the nine months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to the
same period in 1995. This increase was the result of an increase in health
insurance rates, increases in personnel costs, sign site rent, graphics expense,
other costs related to the increase in revenue and additional operating expenses
related to outdoor asset acquisitions and the continued development of the logo
sign business.
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.6 million or 6.2% from
$10.0 million for the nine months ended July 31, 1995 to $10.6 million for nine
months ended July 31, 1996.
 
     Due to the above factors, operating income increased $4.2 million or 21.5%
to $23.8 million for the nine months ended July 31, 1996 from $19.6 million for
the same period in 1995.
 
     Interest expense remained relatively constant for both periods.
 
     Income tax expense for the nine months ended July 31, 1996 increased $6.9
million over the same period in 1995. For the past several years the Company has
had a substantial net operating loss carryforward. The benefit of the Company's
net operating loss carryforward was fully recognized as of October 31, 1995.
 
     As a result of the foregoing factors, net earnings for the nine months
ended July 31, 1996 decreased $2.1 million as compared to the same period in
1995.
 
YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1994
 
     Net revenues increased $17.9 million or 21.2% to $102.4 million for the
twelve months ended October 31, 1995 from $84.5 million for the same period in
1994. This increase was predominantly attributable to higher outdoor advertising
net revenues, which rose $17.9 million or 23.0% during this period. The increase
in outdoor advertising net revenues was principally attributable to increases in
number of displays and advertising rates, with occupancy rates remaining
relatively steady. Operations acquired subsequent to fiscal 1993 generated $9.1
million of this increase in outdoor advertising net revenues. This increase in
net revenues was partially offset by a decrease in management fees resulting
from the LHC acquisition. Continued development of the logo sign business
resulted in logo advertising revenue increasing $0.3 million or 5.5% for the
twelve months ended October 31, 1995 as compared to the prior fiscal year.
 
     Operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased
$8.2 million or 15.5% to $61.4 million for the twelve months ended October 31,
1995 from $53.2 million for the same period in 1994. The LHC operations acquired
in May 1994 generated $5.5 million of this increase in operating expenses; the
remaining $2.7 million of the increase was generated by previously existing
operations. This $2.7 million increase was primarily the result of acquisitions
which caused an expansion of the Company's work force, which required higher
aggregate commissions, workers' compensation costs and employee benefit
expenses.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   37
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.7 million or 24% from
$11.4 million for the year ended October 31, 1994 to $14.1 million for the year
ended October 31, 1995. This increase in depreciation and amortization was
generated by the assets purchased during fiscal years 1994 and 1995.
 
     Because the Company's operating expenses declined as a percentage of net
revenues to 73.8% for fiscal 1995 from 76.4% for fiscal 1994, operating income
increased $7.0 million or 34.9% from $19.9 million for the twelve months ended
October 31, 1994 to $26.9 million for the twelve months ended October 31, 1995.
 
     Interest expense increased $2.2 million or 16.1% to $15.8 million for the
twelve months ended October 31, 1995 from $13.6 million for the same period in
1994. Approximately $1.8 million of the increase in interest expense reflected
an additional $35.0 million in debt incurred in May 1994 to finance the LHC
acquisition. The remaining $0.4 million increase in interest expense was due to
increased working capital borrowings throughout fiscal 1995.
 
     The Company had a significant net operating loss carryforward and,
therefore, income tax expense for this period reflected the alternative minimum
tax, state income tax and the recognition in the current year of the deferred
tax benefit generated by the net operating loss carryforward.
 
     As a result of the foregoing factors, net earnings increased $3.4 million
or 46.6% to $10.7 million for the twelve months ended October 31, 1995 from $7.3
million for the same period in 1994.
 
YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1993
 
     Net revenues increased $18.0 million or 27.0% to $84.5 million for the
twelve months ended October 31, 1994 from $66.5 million for the same period in
1993. Higher outdoor advertising net revenues contributed $16.6 million of this
increase, resulting from increases in number of displays, occupancy rates and
advertising rates. Logo advertising revenues increased $1.4 million or 34% from
$4.3 million for the twelve months ended October 31, 1993 to $5.7 million for
the twelve months ended October 31, 1994. The increase in revenues from logo
advertising was generated by the build-out of logos in Texas and Mississippi and
the continued expansion of the existing systems.
 
     Operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased
$9.9 million or 22.8% to $53.2 million for the twelve months ended October 31,
1994 from $43.3 million for the same period in 1993. This increase was
approximately evenly split between existing operations and those acquired after
fiscal 1993.
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.4 million or 27.2% to
$11.4 million for the twelve months ended October 31, 1994 from $8.9 million for
the twelve months ended October 31, 1993. $1.8 million of such increase was
attributable to operations acquired after fiscal 1993, with $1.2 million
representing depreciation of newly acquired boards and $0.6 million representing
amortization related to intangibles capitalized as part of such acquisitions.
 
     Because revenue growth outpaced increases in expenses, operating income
increased $5.7 million or 39.7% to $19.9 million for the twelve months ended
October 31, 1994 from $14.3 million for the same period in 1993.
 
     Interest expense increased $2.1 million or 18.2% to $13.6 million for the
twelve months ended October 31, 1994 from $11.5 million for the twelve months
ended October 31, 1993. Approximately $1.4 million of such increase reflects an
additional $35.0 million of debt incurred in connection with the May 1994 LHC
acquisition. The remaining $0.7 million of the increase in interest expense was
due to the issuance in May 1993 of $100 million in aggregate principal amount of
Existing Notes with a fixed interest rate of 11.0%. Prior to the issuance of the
Existing Notes, the Company's debt consisted primarily of variable rate bank
financing with a lower net interest cost.
 
     As a result of the foregoing factors, net earnings increased $8.0 million
to $7.3 million for the twelve months ended October 31, 1994 from a net loss of
$0.7 million for the same period in 1993.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   38
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company has historically satisfied its working capital requirements
with cash from operations and revolving credit borrowings. Its acquisitions have
been financed primarily with borrowed funds.
 
     On August 7, 1996, the Company sold pursuant to the IPO 4,000,000 shares of
its Class A Common Stock and selling stockholders sold 735,000 shares at a price
of $16.00 per share. The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the
4,000,000 shares were approximately $58.8 million after deducting expenses and
underwriting discounts.
 
     The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO to repay
existing indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $43.8
million, consisting of (i) bank term loans of $37.8 million and (ii) $6.0
million of outstanding loans under a revolving credit facility. The Company used
approximately $5.0 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to pay a portion of
the contingent consideration payable to stockholders whose shares of common
stock were repurchased by the Company in October 1995 and March 1996. The
Company issued to such stockholders $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of
ten-year subordinated notes as the balance of the contingent consideration.
 
     In addition, on August 15, 1996, the Underwriters' over-allotment option to
purchase an additional 294,041 shares from the Company was exercised, yielding
net proceeds to the Company of approximately $4.4 million.
 
     The remaining net proceeds from the IPO are available for general corporate
purposes, including possible acquisitions and repayment of indebtedness. In
August 1996, the Company used net proceeds from the IPO to purchase certain
outdoor advertising properties for an aggregate cash price of $12.2 million.
 
     The Company's net cash provided by operating activities increased to $15.2
million in fiscal 1994 from $12.4 million in fiscal 1993 due primarily to the
increase in net earnings. Net cash used in investing activities increased from
$10.1 million in fiscal 1993 to $53.6 million in fiscal 1994, due primarily to
the LHC acquisition. Net cash used in financing activities increased from $6.8
million in fiscal 1993 to $37.1 million in fiscal 1994 due primarily to the
incurrence of indebtedness pursuant to a new $35.0 million bank term loan used
to complete the LHC acquisition.
 
     The Company's net cash provided by operating activities increased to $25.1
million in fiscal 1995 due primarily to a $3.4 million increase in net earnings
and the addition of non-cash items, including a $2.7 million increase in
depreciation and amortization. Net cash used in investing activities decreased
from $53.6 million in fiscal 1994 to $17.8 million in fiscal 1995 due primarily
to a $37.6 million decrease in purchase of new markets attributable to the
inclusion of the LHC acquisition in fiscal 1994, offset by a $1.8 million
increase in capital expenditures and purchases of intangibles. Net cash used in
financing activities decreased $46.5 million in fiscal 1995 due to a $44.5
million decrease in proceeds from issuance of long term debt compared to fiscal
1994.
 
     For the nine months ended July 31, 1996, net cash provided by operating
activities was $15.6 million, a $4.8 million increase from $10.8 million in the
corresponding period of 1995. The increase occurred, despite a $2.1 million
decrease in net earnings, due primarily to a $5.6 million increase in deferred
taxes due to the benefit of the Company's net operating loss carryforward having
been fully recognized at year end October 31, 1995, and a $1.9 million increase
in deferred income generated by the additional logo sign franchises offset by a
$1.9 million increase in receivables. Net cash used in investing activities
increased $17.7 million for the nine months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to
the same period in 1995 due to a $8.9 million increase in capital expenditures
primarily due to the build-out of the Company's new logo sign franchises, a $7.1
million increase in purchase of new markets, a $1.0 million increase in purchase
of intangible assets and a $0.7 increase in notes receivable. Net cash provided
by financing activities increased $15.0 million for the nine months ended July
31, 1996 as compared to the same period in 1995. The increase was due to the
increase in borrowings of $15.5 million under revolving credit facilities to
finance capital expenditures, purchase new markets and meet seasonal operating
requirements. A $2.8 million decrease in principal payments on long-term debt
was partially offset by the $3.0 million stock redemption in March 1996.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   39
 
     During the three fiscal years ended October 31, 1995, the Company's
aggregate capital expenditures, as shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows, were $35.0 million. Of this amount, the Company spent in the fiscal years
1993, 1994 and 1995 approximately $2.4 million, $5.0 million and $6.6 million,
respectively, to build and maintain structures within its existing markets and
$2.0 million, $2.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, to meet the capital
expenditure requirements of state logo sign franchise operations.
 
     During fiscal 1995, the Company was awarded new state logo sign franchises
in the following four states: Georgia, Minnesota, South Carolina and Virginia.
During fiscal 1996, the Company was awarded new contracts in New Jersey and
Michigan as well as the expansion of the existing Texas program which it
currently operates. It also acquired the Kansas and Tennessee franchises from
one of its competitors. Due to the capital needed to fund these new franchises,
the Company amended its existing bank credit agreement effective October 1995,
partially deferring short-term principal payments. In December 1995, the Company
entered into a $15 million reducing credit line with its bank group. This line
may only be used to finance the cost of logo sign franchises awarded to the
Company after October 31, 1995. As of July 31, 1996, the Company had borrowed
approximately $9.5 million to finance the cost of these logo sign franchises. In
addition, the Company is currently negotiating with its existing lenders the
terms of the New Credit Agreement, which would increase the amount of the bank
loan commitment to the Company to $225 million and would replace the Existing
Credit Agreement.
 
     Effective May 1, 1994, the Company completed the LHC acquisition in a
transaction accounted for as a purchase for a price of $43.5 million, which was
financed with the proceeds of a bank term loan in the amount of $35.0 million,
with the remainder financed from the Company's revolving credit facilities.
 
     On May 19, 1993, the Company issued $100 million in aggregate principal
amount of Existing Notes. Simultaneously with the sale of the Existing Notes,
the Company entered into a new bank credit agreement which provided an $8
million term loan and a $20 million working capital line of credit. The line of
credit has recently been amended to provide for borrowings of up to $50 million.
The majority of the net proceeds from the issuance of Existing Notes was
utilized to extinguish existing variable rate debt prior to maturity and pay
related expenses. See "Description of Other Indebtedness -- Existing Notes." On
October 17, 1996, the Company commenced a cash Tender Offer for all of the
Existing Notes. See "The Transactions -- The Tender Offer."
 
     The Company expects to pursue a policy of continued growth through
acquisitions. In this regard, the Company recently acquired FKM for an aggregate
cash purchase price of $40 million with borrowings under the Existing Credit
Agreement and acquired logo sign franchises in Kansas and Tennessee for an
aggregate cash purchase price of $1.4 million. Since July 31, 1996, the Company
has also acquired outdoor advertising properties for an aggregate cash cost of
approximately $13 million. Furthermore, the Company has executed agreements to
purchase an additional outdoor advertising company for an aggregate cash
purchase price of approximately $60 million, two additional logo sign franchises
for approximately $3.8 million in cash and certain transit advertising displays
for approximately $1.1 million in cash. In addition, the Company has executed a
letter of intent to acquire the assets of an additional outdoor advertising
company at a cash purchase price of approximately $75 million. The Company
intends to finance its acquisition activities from external sources, including
the proceeds of this Offering, the proceeds of the Note Offering and borrowings
under the New Credit Agreement. There can be no assurance, however, that the
Company will enter into the New Credit Agreement. See "The Transactions."
 
     The Company believes that internally generated funds and funds available
for borrowing under its bank credit facilities will be sufficient for the
foreseeable future to satisfy all debt service obligations and to finance its
current operations.
 
INFLATION
 
     In the last three years, inflation has not had a significant impact on the
Company.
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's revenues and operating results have exhibited some degree of
seasonality in past periods. Typically, the Company experiences its strongest
financial performance in the fourth fiscal quarter and its lowest revenues in
the first fiscal quarter. The Company expects this trend to continue in the
future. Because a
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   40
 
significant portion of the Company's expenses are fixed, a reduction in revenues
in any quarter is likely to result in a period to period decline in operating
performance and net earnings.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of," which established a new accounting principle for accounting for
the impairment of certain loans, certain investments in debt and equity
securities, long-lived assets that will be held and used including certain
identifiable intangibles and goodwill related to those assets and long-lived
assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be disposed of. This statement is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. While the Company
has not completed its evaluation of the impact that will result from adopting
this statement, it does not believe that adoption of the statement will have a
significant impact on the Company's financial position and results of
operations.
 
     The Financial Accounting Standards Board also issued SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based Compensation," effective also for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1995. The new statement encourages, but does not
require, companies to measure stock-based compensation cost using a fair value
method, rather than the intrinsic value method prescribed by the Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25. Companies choosing to continue to measure
stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method must disclose on a pro
forma basis net earnings per share as if the fair value method were used.
Management is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123. Management
does not believe that SFAS No. 123 will have a material impact on operating
income.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   41
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     Lamar Advertising Company is one of the largest and most experienced owners
and operators of outdoor advertising structures in the United States. It
conducts a business that has operated under the Lamar name since 1902. As of
September 30, 1996, the Company operated approximately 24,000 outdoor
advertising displays in 13 southeastern, midwestern and mid-Atlantic states.
After giving effect to the acquisition of FKM and assuming consummation of the
acquisition of Outdoor East, the Company will operate approximately 29,000
outdoor advertising displays in 14 states. In each of the Company's existing 36
primary markets, the Company believes that it is the only full-service outdoor
advertising company serving such markets. The Company also operates the largest
logo sign business in the United States. Logo signs are erected pursuant to
state-awarded franchises on public rights-of-way near highway exits and deliver
brand name information on available gas, food, lodging and camping services. The
Company currently operates logo sign franchises in 15 of the 21 states which
have a privatized logo sign program, was awarded the logo sign franchise for the
state of Florida in November 1996, and in October 1996 was selected to operate a
tourism signing franchise for the province of Ontario, Canada. In addition, the
Company has recently entered into an agreement to acquire the existing logo sign
franchises for the states of Kentucky and Nevada. As of September 30, 1996, the
Company maintained over 18,000 logo sign structures containing over 51,000 logo
advertising displays under these franchises. The Company has recently expanded
into the transit advertising business through the operation of displays on bus
shelters, benches and buses in 8 of its 36 primary markets and several other
markets in the state of South Carolina. For the fiscal year ended October 31,
1995, the Company reported net revenues and EBITDA of $102.4 million and $41.0
million, respectively. Assuming all of the Transactions were consummated, the
Company's net revenues and EBITDA for the twelve months ended July 31, 1996,
would have been $133.4 million and $54.1 million, respectively.
 
     The Company's strategy is to be the leading provider of outdoor advertising
in each of the markets it serves, with an emphasis on markets with a media
industry ranking based on population between 50 and 250. Important elements of
this strategy are the Company's decentralized management structure and its focus
on providing high quality local sales and service. In order to be more
responsive to local market demands, the Company offers a full complement of
outdoor advertising services coupled with local production facilities,
management and account executives through its local offices. While maintaining
its local focus, the Company seeks to expand its operations within existing and
contiguous markets. The Company also pursues expansion opportunities, including
acquisitions, in additional markets. In this regard and as described more fully
below, the Company has acquired or has agreed to acquire several outdoor
advertising companies and has executed a letter of intent to acquire another
such company. In the logo sign business, the Company's strategy is to maintain
its position as the largest operator of logo signs in the U.S. by expanding
through the addition of state logo franchises as they are awarded and through
possible acquisitions. The Company may also pursue expansion opportunities in
transit and other out-of-home media which the Company believes will enable it to
leverage its management skills and market position.
 
     Management believes that operating in small to medium-sized markets
provides the Company with certain advantages, including a diverse and reliable
mix of local advertisers, geographic diversification and an ability to package
inventory effectively. Local advertising constituted over 81% of the Company's
outdoor advertising net revenues in fiscal 1995, which management believes is
higher than the industry average.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
  Outdoor Advertising
 
     The outdoor advertising industry generated total revenues of approximately
$1.8 billion in 1995, or approximately 1.1% of the total advertising
expenditures in the United States, according to recent estimates by the OAAA.
This represents growth of approximately 8.2% over estimated total 1994 revenues
and compares favorably to the growth of total U.S. advertising expenditures of
approximately 7.7% during the same period. Outdoor advertising offers repetitive
impact and a relatively low cost-per-thousand impressions (a standard
measurement of the cost-effectiveness of an advertising medium) compared to
broadcast media, newspapers,
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   42
 
magazines and direct mail marketing, making it attractive to both local
businesses targeting a specific geographic area or set of demographic
characteristics and national advertisers seeking mass market support. Over the
past 25 years, outdoor advertising industry revenues have grown from $0.3
billion in 1971 to $1.83 billion in 1995, representing a compound annual growth
rate of approximately 8%. According to OAAA, in eleven of the last twenty years,
outdoor advertising revenue growth exceeded total advertising revenue growth.
The Company believes that this revenue growth is primarily the result of long
term contracts that are generally renewable, a broadening client mix, the
increased use of vinyl and computer printing and acquisition opportunities.
 
     Advertisers purchase outdoor advertising for a variety of reasons. Outdoor
advertising is a highly targeted medium that can be used to concentrate on a
particular geographic location or demographic group. In the case of local
businesses such as hotels, restaurants, service stations and other roadside
businesses, the use of outdoor advertising generates a message that reaches
potential customers close to the point of sale and provides ready directional
information. Similarly, national advertisers often use outdoor advertising when
test marketing a product because of the medium's ability to reach a broad
audience in a specific market. In addition, outdoor advertising is attractive
because of its constant repetition and comparatively low cost-per-thousand
impressions as compared to broadcast media, magazines, newspapers and direct
mail marketing. As a result, advertisers desiring to build brand awareness and
develop mass-market support often find outdoor advertising effective in
generating high visibility in a cost-effective manner. Outdoor advertising is
also often combined with other media to reinforce messages being provided to
consumers.
 
     Outdoor advertising, which began in the late 19th century when advertising
"bills" were pasted or "posted" on rented wooden boards, has evolved over the
years to its present form with two types of standardized displays -- posters in
standard and junior sizes and more permanent fixed and rotary bulletins. The
outdoor advertising industry continues to evolve as a result of a number of
factors. The category of out-of-home advertising (advertising transmitted other
than through the print and broadcast media) now includes more than just
traditional billboard and roadside displays. The use of displays in shopping
centers, malls, airports, stadiums, movie theaters and supermarkets has
expanded, and the presence of advertising on subways, buses, taxicabs and
transit shelters is now commonplace. In addition, while tobacco product
companies, historically the largest users of outdoor advertising, have reduced
their reliance on the medium, the outdoor advertising industry has continued to
grow through increasing visibility and attractiveness to local advertisers and
national retail and consumer products companies. Also, advances in production
technology, such as computer printing, vinyl advertising copy and improved
lighting techniques, have facilitated a more creative and effective use of the
medium and a more durable product. These technological improvements also permit
outdoor advertising companies to respond more promptly to customer needs,
operate more efficiently and make greater use of advertising copy used in other
print media, thus providing advertisers the opportunity to present a unified
campaign. Finally, the outdoor advertising industry has benefitted from the
increase in automobile travel time for business and leisure due to increased
highway congestion and the movement of businesses and residences from cities to
outlying suburbs. A study recently published by the Office of Highway
Information Management of the Federal Highway Administration indicated that,
during the period from 1983 to 1990, licensed drivers in the United States
increased by 11%, vehicles owned increased by 15%, the number of vehicle trips
increased by 25% and vehicle miles increased by 40%. The Company believes that
these trends demonstrate that consumer exposure to existing billboard structures
also increased during this period.
 
     According to media publications, the top ten categories of business ranked
by outdoor advertising expenditures for 1995 were entertainment and amusements,
tobacco products, retail establishments, business and consumer services,
automotive, travel and hotels, publishing and media, beer and wine, insurance
and real estate, and drugs and remedies. The Company's sales by category of
business is described under "Company Operations" below.
 
     The outdoor advertising industry is comprised of several large outdoor
advertising and media companies with operations in multiple markets, as well as
many smaller and local companies operating a limited number of displays in a
single or a few local markets. The OAAA estimates that there are approximately
1,000 companies in the industry operating a total of approximately 396,000
displays. There has been a trend toward
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   43
 
consolidation in the outdoor advertising industry in recent years and the
Company expects this trend to continue.
 
  Logo Signs
 
     Throughout the 1970's and 1980's many states developed logo sign programs
using state and federal highway matching dollars. Logo signs provide brand name
information on available gas, food, lodging and camping services near highway
exits. Brand name advertising display plates are posted on logo sign structures
to provide this information to highway travellers. In 1985, Minnesota became the
first state to privatize its logo sign program by contracting with a private
firm for the construction, marketing, administration and maintenance of logo
signs in lieu of using government resources. Since then 21 other states have
awarded contracts for privatized logo sign programs, and several others are
considering such privatization programs.
 
     Conversion of state-run logo sign programs to privately owned and operated
programs is attractive to state governments, in part because of the efficiencies
offered by private contractors.
 
  Transit
 
     A relatively new opportunity within the out-of-home advertising industry is
transit advertising. Increasing numbers of local governments are providing
transit shelters and benches to enhance the service and image of local transit
systems. New government regulations pertaining to the Americans with
Disabilities Act, as well as demands by the public, are creating a need for bus
shelter locations which are practical and accessible by handicapped individuals.
These locations, as well as buses, are increasingly being used for out-of-home
advertising.
 
     As with state-awarded logo sign franchises, municipalities have begun to
issue contracts for transit displays on bus shelters, benches and buses to
private enterprises. Under these contracts, the private party constructs the
shelters or benches, which it can use for advertising displays. In some cases,
the rights for bus displays are also included under the contract. The primary
benefits of privatizing transit advertising are the avoidance of capital
expenditures by the municipality, the prospect of additional revenue for the
municipality, the consistent quality that a coordinated transit program can
provide and the benefits of regular cleaning and maintenance undertaken by
private enterprises.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   44
 
MARKETS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
existing primary outdoor advertising markets and the assets proposed to be
acquired in the acquisition of Outdoor East.
 
                              OUTDOOR ADVERTISING
 
EXISTING OUTDOOR ADVERTISING MARKETS(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               NUMBER OF DISPLAYS(4)          NET
                                                                               ---------------------      REVENUES(5)
                   STATE/PRIMARY MARKET                     MARKET RANK(3)     BULLETINS     POSTERS     --------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------  --------------     ---------     -------     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>                <C>           <C>         <C>
LOUISIANA
  Baton Rouge.............................................         81               419         684         $  7,280
  Shreveport..............................................        126               268         730            3,389
  Lafayette...............................................         97               154         353            2,035
  Lake Charles............................................        202               189         285            1,915
  Monroe..................................................        226               123         508            1,534
  Alexandria..............................................        198                49         224              757
  Houma(2)................................................         --                40         164               --
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                        1,242       2,948           16,910
TENNESSEE
  Nashville...............................................         44               326       1,174            7,488
  Knoxville...............................................         69               694         896            7,171
  Clarksville.............................................         --                98         357            1,533
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                        1,118       2,427           16,192
FLORIDA
  Pensacola...............................................        125               250         662         $  3,113
  Lakeland................................................        104               554         372            2,875(6)
  Panama City.............................................        225               268         470            2,262(6)
  Fort Myers..............................................         77               133         297            2,153
  Tallahassee.............................................        167               121         302            1,908
  Fort Walton.............................................        207               157         220            1,643(6)
  Daytona Beach...........................................         93                54         339            1,456
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                        1,537       2,662           15,410
ALABAMA
  Mobile..................................................         84               381         630            4,755
  Montgomery..............................................        142               248         499            3,598
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                          629       1,129            8,353
TEXAS
  Brownsville.............................................         63               204         873            2,577
  Beaumont................................................        127               204         308            2,165
  Corpus Christi..........................................        128               195         519            1,707(6)
  Wichita Falls...........................................        235                89         165              902
  Laredo..................................................        216                87         373              868(6)
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                          779       2,238            8,219
MISSISSIPPI
  Jackson.................................................        118               268         698            4,420
  Gulfport................................................        134               207         559            2,953
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
          Total...........................................                          475       1,257            7,373
GEORGIA
  Savannah................................................        154               344         604            3,307
  Augusta.................................................        107               163         471            2,482
  Albany..................................................        243               106         383            1,109(6)
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                          613       1,458            6,898
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   45
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               NUMBER OF DISPLAYS(4)          NET
                                                                               ---------------------      REVENUES(5)
                   STATE/PRIMARY MARKET                     MARKET RANK(3)     BULLETINS     POSTERS     --------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------  --------------     ---------     -------     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>                <C>           <C>         <C>
VIRGINIA
  Richmond................................................         56               309         616            4,288
  Roanoke.................................................        101               262         450            1,958(6)
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                          571       1,066            6,246
PENNSYLVANIA
  Statewide Highways......................................        N/A               553           0            4,713(6)
KENTUCKY
  Lexington...............................................        105               117         507            3,127
WEST VIRGINIA
  Wheeling................................................        213               261         551            2,626
COLORADO
  Colorado Springs........................................         98               141         355            2,486
OHIO
  Dayton..................................................         52                 3         529            1,960
  Youngstown..............................................         90               122         537              243(6)
        Total.............................................                          125       1,066            2,203
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Subtotal..........................................                        8,161      17,664         $100,756
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
THE OUTDOOR EAST ACQUISITION (PENDING)
SOUTH CAROLINA
  Columbia................................................         88               338         571            3,725(7)
NORTH CAROLINA
  Statewide Highways......................................        N/A               924         112            2,472(7)
WEST VIRGINIA
  Bluefield...............................................         --               306         281            1,863(7)
VIRGINIA
  Dublin..................................................         --                99         221               --(8)
  Harrisonburg............................................        253                 9         123               --(8)
  Hopewell................................................         --                56         291               --(8)
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Total.............................................                          164         635            1,632(7)(8)
GEORGIA
  Valdosta................................................         --               338         181            1,289(7)
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
        Subtotal..........................................                        2,070       1,780         $ 10,981
                                                                                  -----      ------         --------
TOTAL.....................................................                       10,231      19,444         $111,737
                                                                                  =====      ======         ========
</TABLE>
 
                              LOGO SIGN FRANCHISES
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
logo business operations. As of September 30, 1996, the Company operated 51,140
logo advertising displays.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        # LOGO
 YEAR                                 ADVERTISING
AWARDED            FRANCHISE           DISPLAYS
- -------     ------------------------  -----------
<C>         <S>                       <C>
  1989      Nebraska................       788
  1989      Oklahoma................     1,120
  1990      Utah....................     1,494
  1991      Missouri(9).............     8,254
  1992      Ohio....................     5,686
  1993      Texas...................     2,177
  1993      Mississippi.............     2,866
  1995      Georgia.................     9,240
 
<CAPTION>
                                        # LOGO
 YEAR                                 ADVERTISING
AWARDED            FRANCHISE           DISPLAYS
- -------     ------------------------  -----------
<C>         <S>                       <C>
  1995      Minnesota(10)...........     2,491
  1995      South Carolina..........     1,982
  1996      Virginia................     7,658
  1996      Michigan................     1,376
  1996      Tennessee...............     4,216
  1996      Kansas..................     1,792
  1996      New Jersey(11)..........        --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 (1) Includes additional or outlying markets served by the office in the
     applicable market.
 (2) Houma was established as a separate primary market in fiscal 1995, and,
     therefore, net revenues are not included.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   46
 
 (3) Indicates the Spring 1996 Arbitron Radio Metro Market ranking within which
     the office is located, as determined by The Arbitron Company. The Company
     believes that Metro Market ranking, which ranks, according to population of
     persons 12 years or older, the largest 263 markets in the U.S., is a
     standard measure of market size used by the media industry. Where no market
     ranking is shown, such market is not ranked by Arbitron.
 (4) The two standardized types of industry displays are bulletins and posters.
     See "Business -- Company Operations." The display count is as of October
     31, 1995 pro forma for acquisitions completed within the last twelve
     months.
 (5) Except as otherwise noted, represents net revenues for fiscal year ended
     October 31, 1995 attributable to each outdoor advertising market. These
     revenues, together with logo sign and transit advertising revenues and
     production revenue, comprise outdoor advertising net revenues shown in the
     Company's consolidated statements of earnings (loss).
 (6) Reflects net revenues for the most recently completed applicable fiscal
     year with respect to acquisitions completed by the Company since July 31,
     1996. See "The Transactions -- Recent Acquisition Activity -- Completed
     Acquisitions."
 (7) Represents net revenues for the most recently completed applicable fiscal
     year attributable to the outdoor advertising market proposed to be acquired
     by the Company. See "The Transactions -- Recent Acquisition Activity."
 (8) Net revenues for specific markets proposed to be acquired in the state of
     Virginia are not available.
 (9) Franchise operated by a 66.7% owned partnership.
(10) Franchise operated by a 95.0% owned partnership.
(11) The Company was recently awarded the New Jersey franchise, and,
     accordingly, no logo signs had been erected as of September 30, 1996.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  OUTDOOR ADVERTISING
 
     The Company's overall business strategy is to be the leading provider of
outdoor advertising in each of the markets it serves, with an emphasis on
markets with a population ranking between 50 and 250. This strategy includes the
following elements:
 
     Operating Strategy
 
     Small and Medium-Sized Market Focus. The Company's leading position in each
of its 36 primary outdoor advertising markets is a result of a successful
operating strategy dedicated to growth and acquisitions primarily within the
target range of markets having a population ranking between 50 and 250.
Management believes that operating in these markets provides certain advantages,
including the benefits of a diverse and reliable mix of local advertisers,
geographic diversification and an ability to package inventory effectively.
 
     High Quality Local Sales and Service. The Company identifies and closely
monitors the needs of its customers and seeks to provide them with quality
advertising products at a lower cost than competitive media. The Company
believes it has a reputation for providing excellent customer service and
quality outdoor advertising space and displays.
 
     The Company's 118-person sales force is supported by 36 full-service
offices. In each primary market, the Company has recruited and trained a skilled
sales force, placing an emphasis on market research and use of artistic
creativity. Each salesperson is compensated under a performance-based
compensation system and supervised by a local sales manager executing a
coordinated marketing plan. Art departments assist local customers in the
development and production of creative, effective advertisements. The Company
believes repeat sales are evidence that the Company delivers quality products
and services.
 
     Centralized Control/Decentralized Management. Management believes that, in
its existing 36 primary markets, the Company is the only full-service outdoor
advertising company offering a full complement of outdoor advertising services
coupled with local production facilities, management and account executives.
Local offices operate in defined geographic areas and function essentially as
independent business units, consistent with senior management's philosophy that
a decentralized organization is more responsive to particular local market
demands.
 
     The Company maintains centralized accounting and financial control over its
local operations, but local managers are responsible for the day-to-day
operations in each local market and are compensated according to that market's
financial performance. Each local manager reports to one of five regional
managers who in turn report to the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Management
believes empowering local management and sales personnel to respond to market
conditions has been a major factor in the Company's success.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   47
 
     Effective Inventory Management. The Company believes that the local
presence of sales personnel contributes to the Company's ability to increase
occupancy rates by attracting and servicing local customers. Additionally, a
national sales office at corporate headquarters allows the Company to package
inventory effectively to take advantage of national advertising campaigns in the
Company's markets. The Company's inventory is managed by state-of-the-art
mapping, charting and accounting software.
 
  GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     Internal Growth. Within its existing markets, the Company enhances revenue
and cash flow growth by employing highly targeted local marketing efforts to
improve display occupancy rates and by selectively increasing advertising rates.
This strategy is facilitated through its local sales and service offices which
allow management to respond quickly to the demands of its local customer base.
In addition, the Company routinely invests in upgrading its existing structures
and constructing new display faces in order to provide quality service to its
current customers and to attract new advertisers.
 
     Acquisitions. Aggressive internal growth is enhanced by focused
acquisitions in small to medium-sized markets, resulting in increased operating
efficiencies, greater geographic diversification and increased market
penetration. The Company has demonstrated its ability to grow successfully
through acquisitions, having completed over 80 acquisitions since 1983. In
addition to acquiring positions in new markets, the Company purchases smaller
outdoor advertising properties within existing or contiguous markets.
Acquisitions offer opportunities for inter-market cross-selling and the
opportunity to centralize and combine accounting and administrative functions,
thereby achieving economies of scale.
 
     The table below sets forth certain information regarding acquisitions which
the Company has made or has agreed to make subsequent to the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1993:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR            MARKET            BULLETINS     POSTERS
- ----     --------------------     ---------     -------
<C>      <S>                      <C>           <C>
1994     Panama City, FL             214          317
1994     Daytona Beach, FL(1)         56          349
1994     Shreveport, LA(1)           271          760
1994     Savannah, GA(1)             357          621
1994     Beaumont, TX(1)             202          302
1994     Fort Myers, FL(1)           122          289
1994     Clarksville, TN(1)          112          325
1994     Lakeland, FL(1)             214          357
1994     Augusta, GA                   8           69
1994     Pensacola, FL                49          218
1994     Montgomery, AL               76           33
1994     Beaumont, TX                 40            0
1995     Richmond, VA                184            0
1995     Nashville, TN                 0          254
1995     Nashville, TN               317            0
1995     Roanoke, VA                 129            0
1995     Augusta, GA                  98            0
 
<CAPTION>
YEAR            MARKET            BULLETINS     POSTERS
- ----     --------------------     ---------     -------
<C>      <S>                      <C>           <C>
1996     Lakeland, FL                249            0
1996     Corpus Christi, TX          195          519
1996     Laredo, TX                   87          373
1996     Panama City, FL              45          164
1996     Fort Walton, FL               6            0
1996     Albany, GA                   14          112
1996     Lakeland, FL                121            0
1996     Roanoke, VA                  50            0
1996     Youngstown, OH(2)           122          537
1996     PA highways(2)(4)           553            0
1996     Valdosta, GA(3)             338          181
1996     Columbia, SC(3)             338          571
1996     Dublin, VA(3)                99          221
1996     Hopewell, VA(3)              56          291
1996     Harrisonburg, VA(3)           9          123
1996     Bluefield, WV(3)            306          281
1996     NC highways(3)(4)           924          112
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Acquired on May 1, 1994 from LHC, which prior to such date was a 49% owned
    and managed subsidiary of the Company.
(2) Acquired from FKM on November 1, 1996. See "The Transactions -- Recent
    Acquisition Activity -- Completed Acquisitions -- The FKM Acquisition."
(3) Proposed to be acquired from Outdoor East. See "The Transactions -- Recent
    Acquisition Activity -- Pending Acquisitions -- The Outdoor East
    Acquisition."
(4) These acquisitions relate to displays located along interstate highways and
    other primary roads throughout the states of Pennsylvania and North Carolina
    and which are not located within one of the Company's existing markets.
 
     The Company believes that there will be future opportunities for
implementing the Company's acquisition strategy given the industry's
fragmentation and current consolidation trends. Additionally, the small to
medium-sized markets which fit the Company's growth strategy offer a large
number of potential acquisition opportunities.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   48
 
     Logo Signs
 
     The Company entered the business of logo sign advertising in 1988. The
Company is now the largest provider of logo sign services in the United States,
having been awarded 16 of the 22 privatized state logo sign franchises awarded
to date and having entered into an agreement to acquire two additional
franchises. The Company's strategy is to be the leading logo sign provider in
the country. The Company was also selected to operate the tourism signing
franchise for the province of Ontario, Canada in October 1996. The Company is
currently negotiating a definitive agreement with the province with respect to
the franchise, which the Company expects will be executed by December 31, 1996.
 
     Adopting many of the decentralized operational strategies of the outdoor
advertising division, the Company's logo sign division maintains contacts and
local sales offices in each of the states in which it operates. Relationships
with customers are developed and maintained at the state level; accounting, MIS
and certain administrative functions are centralized at the Company's
headquarters.
 
     In competing for state-awarded logo sign franchises, the Company seeks to
form strategic alliances with premier signing contractors in order to present to
state highway departments the combined benefits of entities with substantial
local presence and national resources. As the industry leader, the Company has
gained significant operating experience and compiled a database of information
it believes is unequalled in this industry. The Company shares its knowledge and
database information with state highway departments initiating new logo sign
programs, and believes this interaction provides significant advantages when
seeking new logo sign franchises.
 
     After securing a franchise, the Company generally contracts with an
independent construction firm for the erection and maintenance of the logo sign
structures in order to avoid the expense of staffing and maintaining a
construction presence. The Company then processes orders for logo sign services
through its corporate staff and a small sales force in the state.
 
     The Company maximizes participation and customer satisfaction through the
use of market surveys, coupled with a customer focused sales program to
potential logo sign advertisers. Employing these methods, in Mississippi, for
example, the revenue from logo sign advertising displays increased from $263,100
for the twelve months prior to the Company receiving the state's logo sign
franchise to $621,000 for the twelve months following the Company being awarded
such franchise. This revenue increase was the result of a 57% increase in the
number of logo advertising displays and an increase in advertising rates during
the twelve months following receipt of the franchise.
 
     The Company believes its market-leading position in the logo sign industry
will continue to increase as additional states privatize their logo sign
programs and recognize the track record and core competency of the Company in
building and servicing logo sign programs. The Company anticipates bidding on
the logo sign franchise in an additional state during 1996. The Company plans to
pursue additional logo sign franchises, through both new franchise awards and,
possibly, the acquisition of other logo sign franchise operators. Logo sign
opportunities arise periodically, both from states initiating new logo sign
programs and states converting from government owned and operated programs to
privately owned and operated programs. Furthermore, the Company plans to pursue
tourism signing programs in Canada and is seeking to expand into other state-
authorized signage programs, such as those involving directional signs providing
tourist information.
 
     Transit and Other
 
     The Company has recently expanded into the transit advertising business
through the operation of displays on bus shelters, benches and buses in eight of
its 36 primary markets and other markets throughout the state of South Carolina.
The Company plans to continue pursuing transit advertising opportunities that
arise in its primary markets and to expand into other markets.
 
     With the growth in wireless communication, particularly the buildout of
personal communications services systems following the recent FCC allocation of
radio spectrum, the Company is exploring ways to realize additional revenue by
contracting with communications providers for use of the Company's billboard
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   49
 
structures to attach transmission and reception devices. The Company has
agreements with two of the largest potential wireless communication service
providers regarding possible future use of its billboards.
 
COMPANY OPERATIONS
 
  Outdoor Advertising
 
     Sales and Service
 
     The Company conducts its outdoor advertising operations through its 36
local offices. Local offices operate in defined geographic areas and function
essentially as independent business units, consistent with senior management's
philosophy that a decentralized organization is more responsive to particular
local market demands and provides greater incentives to employees. The Company's
management policy is one of centralized accounting and financial control coupled
with decentralized sales and production. Local managers in each of the Company's
primary markets are responsible for the day-to-day operations of their outdoor
office and are compensated according to the Company's financial performance in
that market. Each local manager reports to one of five regional managers who in
turn report to the Company's Chief Executive Officer.
 
     The following is a list of the Company's regional managers and their
experience with the Company and in the outdoor advertising industry as of
September 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEARS         YEARS
                                                                        WITH            IN
                      NAME                          REGION             COMPANY       INDUSTRY
    ----------------------------------------  -------------------      -------       --------
    <S>                                       <C>                      <C>           <C>
    Gerald H. Marchand......................  Baton Rouge Region          38            38
    Robert E. Campbell......................  Central Region              24            24
    Phillip C. Durant.......................  Eastern Region              19            21
    Thomas F. Sirmon........................  Mobile Region               17            17
    Myron A. LaBorde........................  Florida Region              25            25
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's regional managers have been with the Company, on average, for
25 years. The Company's local managers have been with the Company, on average,
for 14 years and have worked in the industry, on average, for 11 years.
 
     Inventory
 
     The Company operates the following types of outdoor advertising displays:
 
          Bulletins generally are 14 feet high and 48 feet wide (672 square
     feet) and consist of panels on which advertising copy is displayed. The
     advertising copy is either handpainted onto the panels at the Company's
     facilities in accordance with design specifications supplied by the
     advertiser and attached to the outdoor advertising structure, or printed
     with computer-generated graphics on a single sheet of vinyl that is
     "wrapped" around the structure. On occasion, to attract more attention,
     some of the panels may extend beyond the linear edges of the display face
     and may include three-dimensional embellishments. Because of their greater
     impact and higher cost, bulletins are usually located on major highways.
 
          Standardized posters generally are 12 feet high by 25 feet wide (300
     square feet) and are the most common type of billboard. Advertising copy
     for these posters consists of lithographed or silk-screened paper sheets
     supplied by the advertiser that are pasted and applied like wallpaper to
     the face of the display, or single sheets of vinyl with computer-generated
     advertising copy that are wrapped around the structure. Standardized
     posters are concentrated on major traffic arteries.
 
          Junior posters usually are 6 feet high by 12 feet wide (72 square
     feet). Displays are prepared and mounted in the same manner as standardized
     posters, except that vinyl sheets are not typically used on junior posters.
     Most junior posters, because of their smaller size, are concentrated on
     city streets and target pedestrian traffic.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   50
 
     For the Company's fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, approximately 55% of
the Company's outdoor advertising net revenues were derived from bulletin sales
and 45% from poster sales. Over the same period, bulletin and poster occupancy
averaged approximately 82% and 77%, respectively. The Company regularly donates
unoccupied display space for use by charitable and civic organizations.
 
     The physical structures are typically owned by the Company and are built on
locations the Company either owns or leases. In each local office one employee
typically performs site leasing activities for the markets served by that
office. See "-- Company Operations -- Facilities."
 
     Bulletin space is generally sold as individually selected displays which
remain in one location, usually an interstate highway or other main road, for
the duration of the advertising contract. Bulletins may also be sold as part of
a rotary plan where advertising copy is periodically rotated from one location
to another within a particular market. Poster space is generally sold in
packages called "showings," which comprise a given number of displays in a
market area. Posters provide advertisers with access either to a specified
percentage of the general population or to a specific targeted audience.
Displays making up a showing are placed in well-traveled areas and are
distributed so as to reach a wide audience in a particular market.
 
  Production
 
     The Company's production staff in each of its existing 36 primary markets
performs the full range of activities required to create and install outdoor
advertising in all of its markets. Production work includes creating the
advertising copy design and layout, painting the design or coordinating its
printing and installing the designs on displays. The Company provides its
production services to local advertisers and to advertisers that are not
represented by advertising agencies, since national advertisers represented by
advertising agencies often use preprinted designs that require only
installation. The Company's creative and production personnel typically develop
new designs or adopt copy from other media for use on billboards. The Company's
artists also often assist in the development of marketing presentations,
demonstrations and strategies to attract new advertisers.
 
     With the increased use of vinyl and pre-printed advertising copy furnished
to the outdoor advertising company by the advertiser or its agency, outdoor
advertising companies require less labor-intensive production work. In addition,
increased use of vinyl and preprinted copy is also attracting more customers to
the outdoor advertising medium. The Company believes that this trend over time
will reduce operating expenses associated with production activities.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   51
 
  Categories of Business
 
     The following table sets forth the top ten categories of business from
which the Company derived its outdoor advertising revenues for fiscal 1995 and
the respective percentages of such revenue. These business categories accounted
for approximately 73.6% of the Company's total outdoor advertising net revenues
in the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995. No one advertiser accounted for more
than 3.0% of the Company's total outdoor advertising net revenues in that
period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PERCENTAGE
                                                                         NET ADVERTISING
                                  CATEGORIES                                REVENUES
        ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
        <S>                                                              <C>
        Restaurants....................................................       14.9%
        Retail establishments..........................................        11.4
        Tobacco products...............................................         9.2
        Hotels and motels..............................................         7.3
        Entertainment and sports.......................................         5.9
        Automotive.....................................................         5.9
        Hospitals and medical care.....................................         5.1
        Services.......................................................         4.8
        Media..........................................................         4.6
        Financial institutions.........................................         4.5
                                                                               ----
                  Total................................................       73.6%
                                                                               ====
</TABLE>
 
     Beginning in 1992, the leading tobacco companies substantially reduced
their domestic advertising expenditures in response to societal and governmental
pressure and other factors. Because tobacco advertisers tend to occupy displays
in highly desirable locations, the Company historically has been able to attract
substitute advertising for space which has become unoccupied as a result of
reduced tobacco product advertisements, and management believes that the Company
will continue to be able to attract such substitute advertising should tobacco
advertisers further reduce their spending in the future.
 
     Logo Signs
 
     The Company is the largest provider of logo sign services in the United
States and operates over 18,000 logo sign structures containing over 51,000 logo
advertising displays. The Company has been awarded exclusive franchises to erect
and operate logo signs in the states of Florida, Georgia, Michigan, Mississippi,
Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, Virginia,
through a 66.7% owned partnership in the state of Missouri and through a 95.0%
owned partnership in the state of Minnesota. In addition, the Company has
recently acquired the logo sign franchises in Tennessee and Kansas and has
entered into an agreement to acquire the logo sign franchises in Kentucky and
Nevada. In addition, in October 1996, the Company was also selected to operate
the tourism signing franchise for the province of Ontario, Canada.
 
     State logo sign franchises represent the exclusive contract right to erect
and operate logo signs within a state. The term of the contracts vary, but
generally range from ten to twenty years, including renewal terms. The logo sign
contracts generally provide for termination by the state prior to the end of the
term of the franchise, in most cases with compensation to be paid to the
Company. Typically, at the end of the term of the franchise, ownership of the
structures is transferred to the state without compensation to the Company. None
of the Company's logo sign franchises terminates in the next two years and only
two are subject to renewal during that period. In one of those cases, the state
authority has verbally agreed to the renewal of the term for five years. The
Company expects to be able to compete effectively for retention of franchises
when their terms expire.
 
     The Company also designs and produces logo sign plates for customers
throughout the country, including for use in states which have not yet
privatized their logo sign programs.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   52
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     The Company employed approximately 815 persons at September 30, 1996. Of
these, 44 were engaged in overall management and general administration at the
Company's management headquarters and the remainder were employed in the
Company's operating offices. Of these, approximately 110 were direct sales and
marketing personnel.
 
     The Company has three local offices covered by collective bargaining
agreements, consisting of painters, billposters and construction personnel. A
union is organized in one other local office, but this union is currently
operating without a collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that
its relations with its employees, including its 26 unionized employees, are
good, and the Company has never experienced a strike or other labor dispute.
 
     The Company believes its employee retention record evidences its good
employee relations. The average tenure for the Company's employees is six years.
The Company offers most employees a range of benefits including a profit
sharing/401(k) plan and life, health and dental insurance.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company's 53,500 square foot management headquarters is located in
suburban Baton Rouge, Louisiana. The Company occupies approximately 30% of the
space in this facility and leases the remaining space. The Company owns 26 local
operating facilities with front office administration and sales office space
connected to back-shop poster and bulletin production space, and leases an
additional 24 operating facilities at an aggregate lease expense in 1995 of
approximately $775,000.
 
     The Company owns approximately 450 parcels of property beneath outdoor
structures. As of October 31, 1995, the Company had approximately 12,000 active
outdoor site leases accounting for a total annual lease expense of $14.2
million. This amount represented 15.4% of total net outdoor advertising revenues
for that period, which is consistent with the Company's historical lease expense
experience. The Company's leases are for varying terms ranging from
month-to-month to in some cases a term of over ten years, and many provide the
Company with renewal options. There is no significant concentration of displays
under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. The Company
believes that an important part of its management activity is to manage its
lease portfolio and negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.
 
COMPETITION
 
     Outdoor Advertising
 
     The Company competes in each of its markets with other outdoor advertisers
as well as other media, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print
media and direct mail marketers. In addition, the Company also competes with a
wide variety of out-of-home media, including advertising in shopping centers,
malls, airports, stadiums, movie theaters and supermarkets, as well as on taxis,
trains and buses. Advertisers compare relative costs of available media and
cost-per-thousand impressions, particularly when delivering a message to
customers with distinct demographic characteristics. In competing with other
media, outdoor advertising relies on its relative cost efficiency and its
ability to reach a broad segment of the population in a specific market or to
target a particular geographic area or population with a particular set of
demographic characteristics within that market.
 
     The outdoor advertising industry is highly fragmented, consisting of
several large outdoor advertising and media companies with operations in
multiple markets as well as smaller and local companies operating a limited
number of structures in single or a few local markets. Although some
consolidation has occurred over the past few years, according to the OAAA there
are approximately 1,000 companies in the outdoor advertising industry operating
approximately 396,000 billboard displays. In several of its markets, the Company
encounters direct competition from other major outdoor media companies,
including Outdoor Systems, Inc., Eller Media, Inc. (formerly Patrick Media
Group) and 3M National Advertising Co. (a division of Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company), each of which has a larger national network and greater
total resources than the Company. The Company believes that its strong emphasis
on sales and
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   53
 
customer service and its position as a major provider of advertising services in
each of its primary markets enables it to compete effectively with the other
outdoor advertising companies, as well as other media, within those markets. See
"Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
     Logo Signs
 
     The Company faces competition in obtaining new logo sign franchises and in
bidding for renewals of expiring franchises. The Company faces competition from
four other national providers of logo signs in seeking logo franchises. In
addition, local companies within each of the states which solicit bids will
compete against the Company in the open-bid process. Competition from these
sources is also encountered at the end of each contract period. The Company
believes its operations model, which includes local sales offices, comprehensive
databases of information and strategic alliances and its knowledge of the
industry, should provide a competitive advantage in pursuing future franchises.
 
     In marketing logo signs to advertisers, the Company competes with other
forms of out-of-home advertising. The Company believes, however, that logo sign
advertising offers an effective, low-cost directional advertising service, which
makes it attractive to potential advertisers.
 
REGULATION
 
     Outdoor advertising is subject to governmental regulation at the federal,
state and local levels. Federal law, principally the Highway Beautification Act
of 1965 (the "HBA") regulates outdoor advertising on federally aided primary and
interstate highways. The HBA requires, as a condition to federal highway
assistance, states to restrict billboards on such highways to commercial and
industrial areas, and requires certain additional size, spacing and other
limitations. All states have passed state billboard control statutes and
regulations at least as restrictive as the federal requirements, including
removal at the owner's expense and without compensation of any illegal signs on
such highways. The Company believes that the number of its billboards that may
be subject to removal as illegal is immaterial. No state in which the Company
operates has banned billboards, but some have adopted standards more restrictive
than the federal requirements. Municipal and county governments generally also
have sign controls as part of their zoning laws. Some local governments prohibit
construction of new billboards and some allow new construction only to replace
existing structures, although most allow construction of billboards subject to
restrictions on zones, size, spacing and height.
 
     Federal law does not require removal of existing lawful billboards, but
does require payment of compensation if a state or political subdivision compels
the removal of a lawful billboard along a federally aided primary or interstate
highway. State governments have purchased and removed legal billboards for
beautification in the past, using federal funding for transportation enhancement
programs, and may do so in the future. Governmental authorities from time to
time use the power of eminent domain to remove billboards. Thus far, the Company
has been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for any of its billboards
purchased or removed as a result of governmental action, although there is no
assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future. Local
governments do not generally purchase billboards for beautification, but some
have attempted to force removal of legal but nonconforming billboards
(billboards which conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built but
which do not conform to current zoning regulations) after a period of years
under a concept called "amortization," by which the governmental body asserts
that just compensation is earned by continued operation over time. Although
there is some question as to the legality of amortization under federal and many
state laws, amortization has been upheld in some instances. The Company
generally has been successful in negotiating settlements with applicable
localities for billboards required to be removed. Restrictive regulations also
limit the Company's ability to rebuild or replace nonconforming billboards.
 
     In recent years, bills have been introduced in Congress that would affect
billboard advertising of tobacco or alcohol products. No bills have become law
except those requiring the familiar health hazard warnings appearing on
cigarette packages and advertisements. It is uncertain whether such regulation
will be enacted in the future, what such regulation might provide or what impact
such regulation might have on the Company's business. Federal law generally
prevents state or local restrictions on the content of billboard advertisements.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   54
 
     In August 1996, President Clinton signed an executive order adopting rules
proposed by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulating the advertising of
certain tobacco products. These rules, which will become effective on August 22,
1997, prohibit the placement of tobacco products advertising within 1,000 feet
of playgrounds and primary and secondary schools and limit such advertising to a
format consisting of black text on a white background. Certain advertising
industry and tobacco industry organizations have filed lawsuits challenging
these regulations, seeking an injunction to keep them from going into effect. In
addition, some members of Congress have indicated that they may sponsor
legislation to prevent the regulations from going into effect. If these
regulations are not modified or nullified by legislative or judicial action, the
Company's outdoor advertising revenues could be adversely affected.
 
     To date, however, regulations in the Company's markets have not materially
adversely affected its operations. However, the outdoor advertising industry is
heavily regulated and at various times and in various markets can be expected to
be subject to varying degrees of regulatory pressure affecting the operation of
advertising displays. Accordingly, although the Company's experience to date is
that the regulatory environment can be managed, no assurance can be given that
existing or future laws or regulations will not materially and adversely affect
the Company.
 
LITIGATION
 
     The Company from time to time is involved in litigation in the ordinary
course of business, including disputes involving advertising contracts, site
leases, employment claims and construction matters. The Company is also involved
in routine administrative and judicial proceedings regarding billboard permits,
fees and compensation for condemnations. The Company is not a party to any
lawsuit or proceeding which, in the opinion of management, is likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   55
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
     The executive officers and directors of the Company as of October 1, 1996
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS WITH
             NAME               AGE                    TITLE                  THE COMPANY
- ------------------------------  ---    -------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>    <C>                                    <C>
Kevin P. Reilly, Jr...........  42     Chairman, President, Chief Executive        18
                                         Officer and Director
Keith A. Istre................  44     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer          18
                                       and Director
Charles W. Lamar, III.........  48     General Counsel, Secretary and              20
                                       Director
Gerald H. Marchand............  65     Vice President, Regional Manager of         38
                                         Baton Rouge Region, and Director
T. Everett Stewart, Jr........  42     President of Interstate Logos, Inc.,        16
                                       a subsidiary of the Company, and
                                         Director
Robert E. Campbell............  48     Vice President, Regional Manager of         24
                                         Central Region
Phillip C. Durant.............  50     Vice President, Regional Manager of         19
                                         Eastern Region
Myron A. LaBorde..............  47     Vice President, Regional Manager of         25
                                         Florida Region
Thomas F. Sirmon..............  41     Vice President, Regional Manager of         17
                                         Mobile Region
Robert B. Switzer.............  43     Vice President of Operations                20
Dudley W. Coates*.............  65     Director                                    --
Jack S. Rome, Jr.*............  48     Director                                    --
William R. Schmidt*...........  45     Director                                    --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* Outside directors
 
     Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. has served as the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer since February 1989 and as a director of the Company since
February 1984. Mr. Reilly served as President of the Company's Outdoor Division
from 1984 to 1989. Mr. Reilly, an employee of the Company since 1978, has also
served as Assistant and General Manager of the Company's Baton Rouge Region and
Vice President and General Manager of the Louisiana Region. Mr. Reilly received
a B.A. from Harvard University in 1977.
 
     Keith A. Istre has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since
February 1989 and a director of the Company since February 1991. Mr. Istre
joined the Company as Controller in 1978 and became Treasurer in 1985. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Istre was employed by a public accounting firm in Baton
Rouge from 1975 to 1978. Mr. Istre graduated from the University of Southwestern
Louisiana in 1974 with a degree in accounting.
 
     Charles W. Lamar, III joined the Company in 1982 as General Counsel and has
been a director of the Company since June 1973. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Lamar maintained his own law practice and was employed by a law firm in
Baton Rouge. Mr. Lamar received a B.A. in Philosophy from Harvard University in
1971, a M.A. in Economics from Tufts University in 1972 and a J.D. from Boston
University in 1975.
 
     Gerald H. Marchand has been Regional Manager of the Baton Rouge Region,
which encompasses operations in Louisiana, Mississippi and Texas, since 1988 and
a director of the Company since 1978. He
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   56
 
began his career with the Company in leasing and went on to become President of
the Outdoor Division. He has served as General Manager of the Lake Charles and
Mobile operations. Mr. Marchand received a Masters in Education from Louisiana
State University in 1955.
 
     T. Everett Stewart, Jr. has been President of Interstate Logos, Inc. since
1988, and has recently been named a director. He served as Regional Manager of
the Company's Baton Rouge Region from 1984 to 1988. Previously, he served the
Company as Sales Manager in Montgomery and General Manager of the Monroe and
Alexandria operations. Before joining the Company in 1979, Mr. Stewart was
employed by the Lieutenant Governor of the State of Alabama and by a United
States Senator from the State of Alabama. Mr. Stewart received a B.S. in Finance
from Auburn University in 1976.
 
     Robert E. Campbell has been Regional Manager of the Central Region, which
encompasses operations in Alabama, Colorado, Kentucky, Ohio, Texas and Virginia,
since 1983. Mr. Campbell served from 1972 to 1983 as Sales Manager of the
Company's Mobile operation and as General Manager of the Company's Midland and
Mobile operations. Mr. Campbell received a B.A. in Political Science and History
from the University of South Alabama in 1971.
 
     Phillip C. Durant joined the Company in 1974 in Pensacola, Florida and is
currently the Regional Manager of the Eastern Region, which encompasses
operations in Tennessee and West Virginia. Previously he served as Sales Manager
in Pensacola and General Manager of Monroe, Alexandria, Lake Charles and
Lafayette, Louisiana and Nashville.
 
     Myron A. LaBorde joined the Company in 1972 as an account executive in
Baton Rouge and is currently the Regional Manager of the Florida Region and
General Manager of the Shreveport, Louisiana operation. Previously he served as
General Manager of the Company's Lake Charles, Louisiana and Tallahassee,
Florida operations. Mr. LaBorde received a degree in Marketing from the
University of Southwestern Louisiana.
 
     Thomas F. Sirmon has served the Company as Regional Manager of the Mobile
Region, which encompasses operations in Alabama, Florida and Georgia, since
1990. He began his career with the Company as an Account Executive in the Mobile
operation in 1979. In 1981, he was appointed General Manager in Augusta; in
1984, General Manager in Nashville; and in 1988, General Manager in Mobile. Mr.
Sirmon received a degree in Marketing from the University of South Alabama in
1978.
 
     Robert B. Switzer has been Vice President of Operations of the Company
since 1984. In 1976, he joined the Company as Posting Superintendent in Mobile
and became Operations Manager in Pensacola. Since 1991, he has also served as
General Manager of the Pensacola operation and, since 1993, as General Manager
of the Fort Walton operation. Mr. Switzer received a B.S. in Zoology from the
University of South Florida in 1975.
 
     Dudley W. Coates has been a director of the Company since 1973. Mr. Coates
received a Liberal Arts degree from Yale University in 1953, and, since that
time, has been an investment broker with the firm of Legg Mason, Inc.
 
     Jack S. Rome, Jr. has been a director of the Company since 1974. Since
1988, Mr. Rome has been President of No Fault Industries, Inc., a construction
company specializing in outdoor recreational facilities. Mr. Rome has also
served as President of Jack Rome, Jr. & Associates, Inc., a management
consulting company, since October 1987. Mr. Rome served the Company in various
capacities from 1975 to 1986. Mr. Rome received his B.S. in accounting from
Southeastern Louisiana University in 1971.
 
     William R. Schmidt became a director of the Company in 1994. He is an
Assistant Vice President for Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company in its
Securities Department, where he has been employed since 1990. He has a B.S. in
Finance from Pennsylvania State University and an MBA from the Amos Tuck School
of Business at Dartmouth College.
 
     Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., Charles W. Lamar, III and Robert B. Switzer are
cousins.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   57
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
     The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee, which makes
recommendations concerning salaries for employees and consultants to the
Company, and an Audit Committee, which reviews the results of the Company's
audit and other services provided by the Company's independent auditors. The
Compensation Committee and the Audit Committee currently consist of Dudley
Coates, Jack S. Rome, Jr. and William R. Schmidt. During fiscal year 1995, the
Compensation Committee consisted of Jack S. Rome, Jr., Mary Lee Lamar Dixon and
Carolyn Sample Abshire, who were directors. Mr. Rome was employed by the Company
from 1975 to 1985.
 
     The Executive Committee, which has authority to operate the affairs of the
Company between Board meetings, currently consists of Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.,
Gerald H. Marchand, Keith A. Istre and Charles W. Lamar, III.
 
BOARD COMPENSATION
 
     All directors of the Company hold office until the next annual meeting of
stockholders of the Company or until their successors are duly elected and
qualified. Directors who are not employed by the Company receive a fee of $2,500
for each Board meeting attended and are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred
to attend Board meetings. Executive officers of the Company are elected by the
Board of Directors on an annual basis and serve at the discretion of the Board
of Directors.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth certain compensation information for the
Chief Executive Officer and each of the four most highly compensated executive
officers of the Company for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                     ----------------------         ALL OTHER
         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR     SALARY($)     BONUS($)     COMPENSATION($)(1)
    --------------------------------------  ----     ---------     --------     ------------------
    <S>                                     <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>
    Kevin P. Reilly, Jr...................  1995      120,000      200,000             5,500
      President and Chief                   1994      120,000      150,000             5,000
      Executive Officer                     1993      120,000      100,000
    Gerald H. Marchand....................  1995      106,000      156,543            50,000
      Vice President, Regional              1994      106,000      197,443            50,000
      Manager of Baton Rouge Region         1993      106,000       75,000
    Robert E. Campbell....................  1995       90,000       96,984             7,500
      Vice President, Regional              1994       90,000       73,208             7,500
      Manager of Central Region             1993       84,000       61,000
    T. Everett Stewart....................  1995       80,000      116,500             4,500
      President of Interstate Logos, Inc.   1994       80,000       65,000             4,000
                                            1993       80,000       50,000
    Hollis T. Wood(2).....................  1995       90,000       93,862             6,500
      Vice President, Regional              1994       90,000       89,638             6,000
      Manager of Knoxville Region           1993       90,000       40,000
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) The reported amounts consist of employer contributions under the Company's
    deferred compensation plan.
 
(2) Mr. Wood is no longer employed by the Company.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   58
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company does not have employment contracts with any of its officers or
employees.
 
     The Company had a consulting agreement with Kevin P. Reilly, Sr., its
former Chairman, which expired on January 15, 1996. Under that agreement, Mr.
Reilly, Sr. received $120,000 in annual consulting fees and was eligible for a
$100,000 annual bonus, which was paid for the fiscal year ended October 31,
1995. The Company continued to pay Mr. Reilly, Sr. his consulting fee on a
month-to-month basis until July 1, 1996. Effective July 1, 1996, the Lamar Texas
Limited Partnership, a subsidiary of the Company, and Reilly Consulting Company,
L.L.C., of which Mr. Reilly, Sr. is the manager and, with his wife, the sole
members, entered into a replacement consulting agreement. This new consulting
agreement has a ten year term and provides for a $120,000 annual consulting fee.
The agreement contains a non-disclosure provision and a noncompetition
restriction which extends for two years beyond the termination of the agreement.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     The Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan") was adopted by
the Board of Directors in July 1996. The purpose of the 1996 Plan is to attract
and retain key employees and consultants of the Company, to provide an incentive
for them to achieve long-range performance goals, and to enable them to
participate in the long-term growth of the Company.
 
     The 1996 Plan authorizes the grant of stock options (incentive and
nonstatutory), stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and restricted stock to
employees and consultants of the Company capable of contributing to the
Company's performance. The Company has reserved an aggregate of 2.0 million
shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits and similar capital changes) of
Class A Common Stock for awards under the 1996 Plan. Stock options and SARs may
not be granted at less than fair market value of the Class A Common Stock and
not more than 200,000 shares may be granted in any calendar year to any
participant. Incentive stock options may be granted only to persons eligible to
receive them under the Internal Revenue Code of 1996, as amended. The Company
has granted options to purchase approximately 1.2 million shares of Class A
Common Stock since the IPO.
 
     The Board of Directors has appointed the Compensation Committee (the
"Committee") to administer the 1996 Plan. Awards under the 1996 Plan contain
such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the 1996 Plan as the Committee
in its discretion approves. The Committee has discretion to administer the 1996
Plan in the manner which it determines, from time to time, is in the best
interest of the Company. For example, the Committee will fix the terms of stock
options, SARs and restricted stock grants and determine whether, in the case of
options and SARs, they may be exercised immediately or at a later date or dates.
Awards may be granted subject to conditions relating to continued employment and
restrictions on transfer. The Committee may provide, at the time an award is
made or at any time thereafter, for the acceleration of a participant's rights
or cash settlement upon a change in control of the Company. The terms and
conditions of awards need not be the same for each participant. The foregoing
examples illustrate, but do not limit, the manner in which the Committee may
exercise its authority in administering the 1996 Plan. In addition, all
questions of interpretation of the 1996 Plan are determined by the Committee.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   59
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company has from time to time made various personal loans to the
persons listed below. The loans bear interest at a rate equal to 100 basis
points above the rate applicable to United States Treasury six-month bills.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 LARGEST OUTSTANDING
                                                    BALANCE SINCE                 APPROXIMATE
                                                  BEGINNING OF LAST        BALANCE OUTSTANDING AS OF
                       NAME                          FISCAL YEAR               OCTOBER 31, 1996
    -------------------------------------------  -------------------       -------------------------
    <S>                                          <C>                       <C>
    Jack S. Rome(1)............................       $ 147,230                    $ 123,314
    Robert B. Switzer(2).......................          80,592                       50,592
    Kevin P. Reilly, Sr.(3)(4).................         154,586                       34,030
    T. Everett Stewart, Jr.(1)(2)..............          75,000                       25,000
    Wendell S. Reilly(3).......................         500,000                            0
    Anna Reilly Cullinan(3)....................          80,000                            0
    Gerald H. Marchand(2)......................         175,000                            0
    Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.(1)(2)(3)..............         135,000                            0
    Sean E. Reilly(2)..........................          73,945                            0
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The named individual is a director of the Company.
(2) The named individual is an executive officer of the Company.
(3) Member of the Reilly family.
(4) Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. was President and Chairman of the Board of the Company
    until January 1992.
 
     In October 1995 and in March 1996, the Company repurchased 3.6% and 12.9%,
respectively, of its then outstanding common stock (1,220,500 and 3,617,884
shares, respectively, after giving effect to the 778.9 for 1 split of the
Company's then-existing common stock and recapitalization occurring after such
dates) from certain of its existing stockholders for an aggregate purchase price
of approximately $4.0 million. The terms of the March 1996 repurchase entitled
the selling stockholders to receive additional consideration from the Company in
the event that the Company consummated a public offering of its common stock at
a higher price within 24 months of the repurchase. In satisfaction of that
obligation, upon completion of the IPO in August 1996, the Company paid the
selling stockholders an aggregate of $5.0 million in cash from the proceeds of
the IPO and issued to them $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of ten-year
subordinated notes. Of the total $25.0 million paid on account of the common
stock repurchased, $6.3 million was paid to the Company's executive officers,
directors, beneficial owners of 5% or more of the Company's common stock and
their respective affiliates.
 
     On December 31, 1995, the Company issued 5,719.49 shares of its Class A
Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of $3.6 million to
certain of its stockholders in exchange for an equal number of shares of its
then outstanding common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Class A
Preferred Stock." Of the Class A Preferred Stock so issued, 3,134.80 shares were
issued to the Reilly Family Limited Partnership, 1,500 shares to Charles W.
Lamar, III and 1,084.69 shares to Mary Lee Lamar Dixon and trusts for her
children. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Class A Preferred Stock."
 
     In 1993, the Company acquired LHC shares from certain members of the Reilly
family, Charles W. Lamar, III, Mary Lee Lamar Dixon and Robert B. Switzer in
exchange for 8.0% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company.
In 1994, in connection with the Company's acquisition of the interest in LHC
which it did not already own, certain officers and directors of the Company who
were stockholders of LHC received approximately $226,000 from the proceeds of
the transaction.
 
     In May 1993, the Company purchased the outstanding stock of Lamar
Advertising of Wichita Falls, Inc., which was substantially owned by Kevin P.
Reilly, Sr., Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., Charles W. Lamar, III, Gerald H. Marchand and
certain of their relatives. The total consideration for the stock purchase was
approximately $1.2 million, which approximated the book value of the underlying
assets.
 
     In 1993, the Company purchased a building from a joint venture whose
principals included Kevin P. Reilly, Sr., Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., and Charles W.
Lamar, III for $740,000.
 
     The Company has made investments totalling $1.25 million in Wireless One,
Inc., a publicly-held company in the wireless cable business, of which Sean E.
Reilly, a member of the Reilly family and a former director, is Chief Executive
Officer. The current market value of these investments, which are restricted
from sale by the Company until October 1997, exceeds the Company's cost.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   60
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership
of the Company's capital stock as of October 1, 1996, as adjusted to reflect the
sale of the shares offered hereby, (i) by each person known by the Company to
own beneficially five percent or more of any class of the Company's capital
stock, (ii) by each director of the Company, (iii) by each executive officer of
the Company and (iv) by all directors and executive officers as a group. The
capital stock of the Company is owned substantially by members of four related
families.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERCENT OF
                                                                              CLASS PRIOR     PERCENT OF
               DIRECTORS, OFFICERS                               NUMBER OF      TO THIS       CLASS AFTER
               AND 5% STOCKHOLDERS                   CLASS(1)    SHARES(2)     OFFERING      THIS OFFERING
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  -------------   -------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>
The Reilly Family Limited                               Common   13,791,389      47.90%          44.49%
  Partnership(3)                                     Preferred     3,134.80      54.81%          54.81%
c/o The Lamar Corporation
5551 Corporate Blvd.
Baton Rouge, LA 70808
Charles W. Lamar, III(4)                                Common    4,470,782      15.53%          14.42%
c/o The Lamar Corporation                            Preferred     1,500.00      26.23%          26.23%
5551 Corporate Blvd.
Baton Rouge, LA 70808
Mary Lee Lamar Dixon(5)                                 Common    2,087,444       7.25%           6.73%
c/o The Lamar Corporation                            Preferred     1,084.69      18.96%          18.96%
5551 Corporate Blvd.
Baton Rouge, LA 70808
Dudley W. Coates(6)                                     Common      163,564           *               *
Phillip C. Durant(7)                                    Common       10,000           *               *
Keith A. Istre(8)                                       Common       20,625           *               *
Myron LaBorde(7)                                        Common       11,000           *               *
Gerald H. Marchand                                      Common      155,775           *               *
Jack S. Rome, Jr.                                       Common        1,500           *               *
William R. Schmidt                                      Common          500           *               *
Robert S. Switzer(9)                                    Common      743,635       2.58%           2.40%
Robert E. Campbell(8)                                   Common       21,250           *               *
Thomas F. Sirmon(8)                                     Common       21,875           *               *
T. Everett Stewart(10)                                  Common       25,851           *               *
All Directors and Executive Officers                    Common   19,437,746      67.27%          62.51%
  as a Group (13 Persons)(11)                        Preferred     4,634.80      81.04%          81.04%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
  *  Less than 1%
 (1) Common shares refer to Class A Common Stock, except with respect to shares
     of the Reilly Family Limited Partnership, which refer to shares of Class B
     Common Stock. Preferred shares refer to Class A Preferred Stock. Upon the
     sale of any shares of Class B Common Stock to a person other than to a
     Permitted Transferee (as defined herein), such shares will automatically
     convert into shares of Class A Common Stock. See "Description of Capital
     Stock."
 (2) The persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment
     power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them, except as
     noted below.
 (3) These shares are owned by the Reilly Family Limited Partnership. Kevin P.
     Reilly, Jr. is the managing general partner of the Reilly Family Limited
     Partnership; Wendell S. Reilly, Sean E. Reilly and Anna R. Cullinan are
     each general partners; and Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. holds all of the
     outstanding preferred interests in the partnership.
 (4) Includes 1,335,775 shares of Class A Common Stock held in trust for Mr.
     Lamar's three children, of which Mr. Lamar is considered the beneficial
     owner.
 (5) Includes 545,214 shares of Class A Common Stock and 700 shares of Class A
     Preferred Stock held in a trust, of which LaBanc & Co. is the nominee of
     the trustee, for the benefit of Mrs. Dixon.
 (6) Consists of shares which are held in trust for Mr. Coates' three children,
     as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
 (7) Includes 10,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 1996.
 (8) Includes 20,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 1996.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   61
 
 (9) Includes 76,336 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Switzer's wife,
     as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership, and 257,028 shares of Class
     A Common Stock currently held by Mr. Switzer as custodian for his three
     children.
(10) Includes 19,600 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 1996.
(11) Includes 99,600 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 1996. Also includes 1,499,339
     shares of Class A Common Stock held in trust for the benefit of the
     children of directors and officers of the Company, 76,336 shares of Class A
     Common Stock held by the wife of an officer of the Company, and 257,028
     shares of Class A Common Stock held by an officer of the Company as
     custodian for his three children.
 
     Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. is the Managing General Partner of the Reilly Family
Limited Partnership, owner of all of the issued and outstanding Class B Common
Stock of the Company. The other general partners of the partnership, Mr.
Reilly's three siblings, may by unanimous vote, remove Mr. Reilly and replace
him with one of his siblings.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares of Class B
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, 10,000 shares of Class A Preferred
Stock, $638 par value per share, and 1,000,000 additional shares of Preferred
Stock, the terms and provisions of which may be designated by the Board of
Directors in the future. The following summary of the Company's capital stock is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company's Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and By-Laws
(the "By-Laws"), each of which is incorporated by reference into the
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     Following this Offering, 17,204,340 shares of Class A Common Stock will be
issued and outstanding and 13,791,389 shares of Class B Common Stock will be
issued and outstanding. See "Capitalization."
 
     Except for voting rights, the rights of the holders of the Class A Common
Stock and the Class B Common Stock are substantially identical. The holders of
the Class A Common Stock and the holders of the Class B Common Stock vote
together as a single class (except as may otherwise be required by Delaware
law), with the holders of the Class A Common Stock entitled to one vote per
share and the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to ten votes per share,
on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Each
share of Class B Common Stock is convertible at the option of its holder into
one share of Class A Common Stock at any time. In addition, each share of Class
B Common Stock converts automatically into one share of Class A Common Stock
upon the sale or other transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock to a
person who, or entity which, is not a Permitted Transferee. Permitted
Transferees include (i) Kevin P. Reilly, Sr.; (ii) a descendant of Kevin P.
Reilly, Sr.; (iii) a spouse or surviving spouse (even if remarried) of any
individual named or described in (i) or (ii) above; (iv) any estate, trust,
guardianship, custodianship, curatorship or other fiduciary arrangement for the
primary benefit of any one or more of the individuals named or described in (i),
(ii) and (iii) above; and (v) any corporation, partnership, limited liability
company or other business organization controlled by and substantially all of
the interests in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by any one or more of
the individuals and entities named or described in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
above.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   62
 
     All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and all of the shares of
Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering will be, when issued and paid for,
fully paid and nonassessable. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of
the Company, following any required distribution to the holders of outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share pro
rata in any balance of the corporate assets available for distribution to them.
The Company may pay dividends if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors
from funds legally available therefor, subject to the restrictions set forth in
the Company's existing and future debt instruments. Subject to the preferential
rights of the holders of any class of preferred stock, holders of shares of
Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the
Company's Board of Directors out of funds legally available for such purpose. No
dividend may be declared or paid in cash or property on any share of either
class of Common Stock unless simultaneously the same dividend is declared or
paid on each share of the other class of Common Stock, provided that, in the
event of stock dividends, holders of a specific class of Common Stock shall be
entitled to receive only additional shares of such class. See "Dividend Policy."
 
     Under Delaware law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of any class of common stock is required to approve any
amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that would increase or decrease
the par value of such class, or modify or change the powers, preferences or
special rights of the shares of any class so as to affect such class adversely.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that no such separate class vote shall
be available for increases or decreases in the number of authorized shares of
Class A Common Stock.
 
     The Common Stock is redeemable in the manner and on the conditions
permitted under Delaware law and as may be authorized by the Board of Directors.
Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights.
 
CLASS A PREFERRED STOCK
 
     All outstanding shares of the Company's Class A Preferred Stock are fully
paid and nonassessable. For information regarding ownership of the issued and
outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, see "Principal Stockholders."
 
     Rank. The Class A Preferred Stock, with respect to dividends and upon
liquidation, ranks senior to Class A and Class B Common Stock.
 
     Dividends. Holders of shares of Class A Preferred Stock are entitled to
receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor, cash dividends at a rate of $15.95 per share per quarter.
Dividends accrue and are cumulative from the date of the issuance of shares. As
of the date of this Prospectus, all accrued dividends have been paid. The
Company intends to continue paying dividends on the Class A Preferred Stock.
 
     Dissolution or Liquidation. In the case of voluntary or involuntary
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, subject to the rights of holders of
any additional Preferred Stock issued in the future, the holders of the Class A
Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company the sum
of the par value of the Class A Preferred Stock ($638 per share) and any accrued
and unpaid dividends thereon before any payment may be made or any assets
distributed to the holders of Common Stock. Upon any distribution or
liquidation, whether voluntary or involuntary, if the assets distributed among
the holders of the Class A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the
payment to a stockholder of the full preferential amounts, subject to the rights
of holders of any additional Preferred Stock issued in the future, the entire
assets of the Company to be distributed will be distributed ratably among the
holders of the Class A Preferred Stock and, after payment of such preferential
amounts and any preferential amounts due holders of additional Preferred Stock,
if any, the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all the
remaining assets. A merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any
other corporation or corporations, will not, however, be deemed to be a
dissolution or liquidation.
 
     Voting Rights. Holders of Class A Preferred Stock have no voting rights
with respect to general corporate matters except as provided by law. Under
Delaware law, holders of the Class A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a
class upon any proposed amendment, whether or not entitled to vote thereon by
the Certificate of
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   63
 
Incorporation, if such amendment would increase or decrease the par value of the
shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special
rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.
 
ADDITIONAL PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Additional Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the provisions
of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, including those regarding the
rights of the holders of Class A Preferred Stock, and limitations prescribed by
law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to
issue the shares, to fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares
constituting any series, and to provide for or change the voting powers,
designations, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other special
rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend
rights, sinking fund provisions, redemption prices conversion rights and
liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any class or series of this
additional Preferred Stock, in each case without any further action or vote by
the stockholders. The Company has no current plans to issue any shares of
additional Preferred Stock of any class or series.
 
     One of the effects of undesignated additional Preferred Stock may be to
enable the Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an
attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy
contest, merger or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the
Company's management. The issuance of shares of additional Preferred Stock
pursuant to the Board of Directors' authority described above may adversely
affect the rights of the holders of Common Stock. For example, additional
Preferred Stock issued by the Company may rank prior to the Common Stock as to
dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may have full or limited voting
rights and may be convertible into shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, the
issuance of shares of additional Preferred Stock may discourage bids for the
Common Stock or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Class A
Common Stock.
 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BY-LAWS AND DELAWARE LAW
 
     Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws as well as certain provisions of Delaware law may be deemed to have an
anti-takeover effect or may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover
attempt that a stockholder might consider in such stockholder's best interest,
including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price
for the shares held by a stockholder. These provisions are in addition to the
anti-takeover effect of the substantial ownership and voting power of the
controlling stockholders of the Company.
 
     Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law ("Section 203") generally provides that a person who, together with
affiliates and associates owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of
the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, but less than 85% of such stock
(an "Interested Stockholder"), may not engage in certain business combinations
with the corporation for a period of three years after the date on which the
person became an Interested Stockholder unless (i) prior to such date, the
corporation's board of directors approved either the business combination or the
transaction in which the stockholder became an Interested Stockholder or (ii)
subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the
corporation's board of directors and authorized at a stockholders' meeting by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the corporation's outstanding voting stock not
owned by the Interested Stockholder. Section 203 defines the term "business
combination" to encompass a wide variety of transactions with or caused by an
Interested Stockholder, including mergers, asset sales, and other transactions
in which the Interested Stockholder receives or could receive a benefit on other
than a pro rata basis with other stockholders.
 
     The provisions of Section 203, coupled with the Board's authority to issue
Preferred Stock without further stockholder action and the fact that, after
giving effect to the Offering, 88.5% of the voting power of the Common Stock
will be held by the Reilly Family Limited Partnership, could delay or frustrate
the removal of incumbent directors or a change in control of the Company. The
provisions also could discourage, impede or prevent a merger, tender offer or
proxy contest, even if such event would be favorable to the interests of
stockholders. The Company's stockholders, by adopting an amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation, may elect not to be governed by Section 203 which
election would be effective twelve months after such
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   64
 
adoption. Such a change in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation could not
be made without the affirmative vote of shares held by the Reilly Family Limited
Partnership. Neither the Certificate of Incorporation nor the By-Laws exclude
the Company from the restrictions imposed by Section 203. These restrictions
will not apply to stockholders who were interested stockholders prior to the
date of this Offering.
 
     Notice Provisions. The By-Laws provide that only business or proposals,
properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders may be conducted at
such meeting. In order to bring business or a proposal before an annual meeting,
a stockholder is required to provide written notice to the Company at least 45
days prior to the annual meeting which described the business or proposal to be
brought before the annual meeting, the name and address of the stockholder
proposing the business, the class and number of shares of stock held by such
stockholder, and any material interest of the stockholder in the business to be
brought before the meeting. These procedures may operate to limit the ability of
stockholders to bring business before the annual meeting or consider any
transaction that could result in a change of control of the Company. In
addition, the By-Laws provide that in order for a stockholder to nominate a
candidate for election to the Board of Directors, the stockholder must provide
written notice of intent to nominate a candidate at least 45 days prior to the
meeting of stockholders called for the election of directors. Such written
notice is required to contain the name and address of the stockholder, a
representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the Company's
voting stock and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to
nominate the persons specified in the notice, such information regarding each
nominee as would have been required to have been included in a proxy statement
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") had proxies been solicited with respect to
such nominee by the Board of Directors, a description of all arrangements or
other understandings among the stockholder and any other person pursuant to
which such nominations are to be made by the stockholder and the written consent
of each nominee to serve as a director of the Company if elected. These
requirements will limit the ability of stockholders to nominate candidates for
election to the Board of Directors to the extent that the notice requirements
are not satisfied.
 
     Procedures for Special Meeting of Stockholders. The By-Laws provide for
special meetings of stockholders only upon the direction of the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the President, or a majority of the Board of Directors.
 
     Exculpation and Indemnification. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation
provides that no director of the Company shall be personally liable to the
Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as
a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The
effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of the Company and its
stockholders (through stockholders' derivative suits on behalf of the Company)
to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except
in the situations described above. The Commission has taken the position that
the provision will have no effect on claims arising under federal securities
law.
 
     The Company's By-Laws provide that the Company will indemnify its directors
and officers to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law. These
indemnification provisions require the Company to indemnify such persons against
certain liabilities and expenses to which they may become subject by reason of
their service as a director or officer of the Company. The provisions also set
forth certain procedures, including the advancement of expenses, that apply in
the event of a claim for indemnification.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for the Class A Common Stock is Chase
Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   65
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Prior to the IPO, there was no public market for the Common Stock of the
Company. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales
of shares of Common Stock or the availability of shares of Common Stock for sale
will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales
of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the Company in the public market after
the restrictions described below lapse could adversely affect the prevailing
market price of the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity
capital in the future.
 
     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have 30,995,729
outstanding shares of Common Stock (excluding 330,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option).
See "Capitalization." Of these shares, the 2,200,000 shares (2,530,000 shares if
the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full) of Class A Common
Stock sold in this Offering will be freely tradable without restriction under
the Securities Act except for any shares purchased by "affiliates," as that term
is defined in the Securities Act, of the Company. The 5,445,250 shares issued in
connection with the IPO are freely tradeable, to the extent not owned by
affiliates of the Company. The remaining 23,330,814 shares are "restricted
securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act (the
"Restricted Shares"). The Restricted Shares generally may not be sold unless
they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an
exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144.
 
     The Company's executive officers and directors and certain stockholders of
the Company have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from the date of this
Prospectus (the "Lock-up Period"), they will not, without the prior written
consent of Smith Barney Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company. See "Underwriting."
Following the Lock-up Period, the Restricted Shares will not be eligible for
sale in the public market without registration unless such sales meet the
conditions and restrictions of Rule 144 as described below.
 
     In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
shares for a period of at least two years (as computed under Rule 144) is
entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does
not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock
(approximately 309,957 shares after giving effect to this Offering) and (ii) the
average weekly trading volume in the Company's Common Stock during the four
calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on which the notice of such sale
on Form 144 is filed with the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject
to certain provisions relating to notice and manner of sale and the availability
of current public information about the Company. In addition, a person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who has not been an affiliate of the
Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares for at least three years (as computed under Rule
144), would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to
the volume limitation and other conditions described above. The foregoing
summary of Rule 144 is not intended to be a complete description thereof. In
addition, the Commission has proposed reducing the two-year and three-year
periods referred to above to one and two years, respectively.
 
     On August 16, 1996, the Company filed a registration statement under the
Securities Act to register the 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock
available for issuance pursuant to its 1996 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares issued
pursuant to such plan will be available for sale in the open market subject to
the Lock-up Period and, for affiliates of the Company, subject to certain
conditions and restrictions of Rule 144.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
 
     The following is a description of the principal agreements governing the
indebtedness of the Company and the terms of the principal agreements that would
be entered into in connection with the Transactions. The following summaries are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the credit and security agreements
and indenture to which each summary relates, copies of which are exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   66
 
this Prospectus is a part. Defined terms used below and not defined herein have
meanings set forth in the respective agreements.
 
EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
     The Company expects to replace the Existing Credit Agreement with the New
Credit Agreement. If the New Credit Agreement is not executed, the Existing
Credit Agreement will remain in effect.
 
     Primary Facility and New Logo Facility. The Company presently has two
syndicated bank credit facilities under the Existing Credit Agreement, both of
which are agented by Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association): (i) a
revolving credit facility (the "Primary Facility") providing for a reducing
revolving credit facility with a maximum borrowing availability of $50 million
and (ii) a revolving credit facility (the "New Logo Facility") with a maximum
borrowing availability of $15 million. The proceeds of the Primary Facility may
be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital requirements
of the Company and its subsidiaries in the outdoor advertising and logo sign
business created prior to October 31, 1995. The proceeds of the New Logo
Facility may be used for start-up and construction costs in connection with the
logo sign business of subsidiaries created after October 31, 1995 (the "New Logo
Subsidiaries"). The Primary Facility and New Logo Facility are collectively
referred to herein as the "Existing Credit Agreement."
 
     Interest. Borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement bear interest
computed as a margin over either Chase's "Base Rate" or the London Interbank
Offered Rate (the "LIBOR Rate"). The margins range from 0 to 75 basis points and
from 125 (100, upon execution of the Proposed Amendment) to 200 basis points
over the Base Rate and LIBOR Rate, respectively, depending on the Company's
current leverage ratio, as such ratio is defined under the subheading
"Covenants."
 
     Reductions in Commitments; Amortization. The Primary Facility and the New
Logo Facility, both of which mature October 31, 2001 (a recent amendment
shortens the maturity of the Primary Facility to April 30, 1997), provide for
reductions in revolving credit commitments and amortization of term loans as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NEW LOGO FACILITY
                                              REVOLVING CREDIT       TERM LOAN       REVOLVING CREDIT
                  FISCAL YEAR                    REDUCTION        AMORTIZATION(1)      REDUCTION(2)
    ----------------------------------------  ----------------    ---------------    -----------------
    <S>                                       <C>                 <C>                <C>
    1996 (after 4/30/96)....................              --        $ 1,000,000                  --
    1997....................................              --        $ 4,000,000         $ 2,000,000
    1998....................................              --        $ 8,000,000         $ 3,000,000
    1999....................................    $  3,000,000        $11,000,000         $ 4,000,000
    2000....................................    $  5,000,000        $12,000,000         $ 6,000,000
    2001....................................    $ 12,000,000        $ 2,250,000                  --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) A recent amendment eliminates revolving credit commitment reductions for the
    Primary Facility.
(2) The term loan amortizes quarterly, and the New Logo Facility revolving
    credit commitment is reduced quarterly.
 
     Guarantees; Security. The obligations of the Company under the Primary
Facility are guaranteed by all of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries with the
exception of Missouri Logos, a partnership, and, subject to the approval of the
Primary Facility Banks, any joint ventures that may be formed hereafter between
Restricted Logo Subsidiaries and entities not affiliated or related to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The obligations under the Primary Facility
and the guarantees in respect thereto are secured, on an equal and ratable basis
with the subsidiary guarantees and Company obligations in respect of the
Existing Notes, by a pledge of the capital stock of all of the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries with the exception of the New Logo Subsidiaries.
 
     The obligations of the Company under the New Logo Facility are guaranteed
by the New Logo Subsidiaries. Such obligations and guarantees are secured by a
pledge of the capital stock, and security interest in the assets, of the New
Logo Subsidiaries.
 
     Covenants. The Existing Credit Agreement places certain restrictions upon
the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are parties
thereto, to among other things, (i) incur indebtedness,
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   67
 
(ii) incur liens or guarantee obligations, (iii) declare dividends and make
other distributions, (iv) make investments and enter into joint ventures, (v)
make capital expenditures, (vi) dispose of assets and (vii) engage in
transactions with affiliates except on an arms-length basis. In addition, the
Existing Credit Agreement requires the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
which are parties thereto to maintain (a) a minimum leverage ratio, defined as
Total Debt to Operating Cash Flow, of between 4.5 to 1 and 3.0 to 1 under the
Primary Facility and from 6.0 to 1 and 4.0 to 1 under the New Logo Facility; (b)
an interest coverage ratio, defined as pro forma Operating Cash Flow for the
period of 12 months most recently ended to total accrued cash interest expense
for such period, of at least 2.0 to 1; and (c) a fixed charge coverage ratio,
defined as pro forma Operating Cash Flow for the period of 12 months most
recently ended to total projected payments of principal and interest on debt to
be made in the succeeding four fiscal quarters plus (i) capital expenditures
(excluding logo contract expenditures) and (ii) income and franchise tax
payments and stock dividends and redemptions during such period, of at least 1.1
to 1.
 
     Change of Control. A change of control of the Company constitutes an event
of default, permitting the banks under the Existing Credit Agreement to
accelerate the indebtedness and terminate the Existing Credit Facilities. Such a
change in control would occur if Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. and his immediate family
(including grandchildren) and certain entities under their control cease to own
at least 20% of the total amount of voting stock of the Company.
 
NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
     The Company expects to enter into the New Credit Agreement with a syndicate
of financial institutions and the agent under the Existing Credit Agreement
providing the Company with a committed reducing revolving credit facility in the
amount of $225 million and a $75 million incremental facility funded at the
discretion of the lenders. The New Credit Agreement would replace the Existing
Credit Agreement and substantially increase the Company's borrowing
availability.
 
     The New Credit Agreement is expected to bear interest computed as a margin
over "Base Rate" or the LIBOR Rate, with the loan commitment reducing over a
period from 1999 to 2003. The obligations of the Company under the New Credit
Facility are expected to be guaranteed by its subsidiaries and secured by a
pledge of the capital stock of the Company's subsidiaries in a manner similar to
the Existing Credit Agreement. The New Credit Agreement will also have
restrictive covenants covering similar matters as the Existing Credit Agreement
and a change of control event of default comparable to that under the Existing
Credit Agreement.
 
EXISTING NOTES
 
     On October 17, 1996, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for all of
the Existing Notes and a solicitation of consents to (i) eliminate substantially
all of the restrictive covenants described below (other than a less restrictive
covenant with respect to the incurrence of indebtedness) and the change of
control repurchase option described below, (ii) release the security for the
Existing Notes and (iii) release the Subsidiary Guarantors from their
obligations as guarantors of the Existing Notes. See "The Transactions -- The
Tender Offer." Consummation of the Tender Offer is subject to the valid tender
of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Existing Notes and certain
other conditions. As of the date of this Prospectus, the holders representing
over a majority in principal amount of the Existing Notes have validly tendered
their Existing Notes and delivered their consents. Any Existing Notes not
validly tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to the Tender Offer will
remain outstanding. The terms and conditions of the Existing Notes are set forth
below.
 
     General. On May 15, 1993, the Company issued the $100 million aggregate
principal amount of 11% Senior Secured Notes due May 15, 2003 pursuant to an
indenture between the Company, as issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
"Subsidiary Guarantors," and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee.
The Existing Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and Restricted
Subsidiaries ranking pari passu with all present and future indebtedness of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that by its terms is not subordinated to
the obligations represented by the Existing Notes. Upon consummation of the
Tender Offer the Subsidiary Guarantors will be released from their obligations
as guarantors.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   68
 
     Interest. The Existing Notes bear interest at 11% per annum. Interest is
payable semi-annually on each May 15 and November 15.
 
     Security. The Existing Notes and the Guarantees in respect thereof are
secured, on an equal and ratable basis with the Company obligations and
subsidiary guarantees in respect of the Primary Facility, by a pledge of the
capital stock of all the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries with the exception of
the New Logo Subsidiaries. Upon consummation of the Tender Offer all of the
foregoing security will be released and any remaining Existing Notes not validly
tendered and accepted for payment in the Tender Offer will be unsecured
obligations of the Company.
 
     Redemption. The securities may be redeemed at the election of the Company,
as a whole or from time-to-time in part, at any time after May 15, 1998 at
redemption prices declining from 105.5% of the principal amount for the twelve
months after May 15, 1998 to 102.75% of such amount for the twelve months after
May 15, 1999, and thereafter at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of such
principal amount, plus in each case accrued in unpaid interest to the applicable
redemption date.
 
     Covenants. The Existing Note Indenture places certain restrictions on the
ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (i) incur liens or
guaranty obligations, (ii) make restricted payments (dividends, redemptions and
certain other payments), (iii) engage in transactions with affiliates except on
an arms-length basis, (iv) dispose of assets and (v) enter into mergers,
consolidations or acquisitions. Upon consummation of the Tender Offer the
foregoing covenants will be eliminated and the existing indebtedness covenant
will be replaced with a covenant that would restrict the Company from incurring
any indebtedness unless the ratio of the Company's consolidated indebtedness to
consolidated operating cash flow would be less than 7.5 to 1.
 
     Change of Control. Upon a Change of Control (as defined below), each holder
of an Existing Note may require the Company to repurchase all or portions of
such holder's Existing Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase. A "Change of Control" occurs if (a) any person or group, other than
stockholders of the Company as of May 15, 1993 and related and affiliated
persons ("Permitted Holder") beneficially owns at least 30% of the aggregate
voting power of all classes of voting stock of the Company or (b) any person or
group other than Permitted Holders succeed in electing a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company. Upon consummation of the Tender Offer, the
foregoing Change of Control provision will be eliminated.
 
THE NOTES
 
     The Company intends to issue $255 million aggregate principal amount of
Notes pursuant to the Note Offering. The Notes will be issued pursuant to the
Indenture and will be general unsecured obligations of the Company subordinated
in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the
Company, including the New Credit Agreement and any Existing Notes that are not
tendered in the Tender Offer, pari passu in right of payment to any future
senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior in right of payment
to all existing and any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The
Notes will not be redeemable by the Company until December 1, 2001 and will be
redeemable thereafter at a premium until November 30, 2004, after which they
will be redeemable at par. The Notes will bear interest at a rate of 9 5/8% and
will mature on December 1, 2006.
 
     The Indenture will contain covenants covering matters similar to those
covered under the Existing Note Indenture and will contain a change of control
repurchase option comparable to that under the Existing Note Indenture. This
Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer
to buy any Notes which will be done only pursuant to a prospectus for the Notes.
 
SUBORDINATED NOTES
 
     The Company will have outstanding three classes of subordinated notes: (i)
8% Series A Unsecured Subordinated Discount Debentures due 2001 ($2.3 million
outstanding at October 31, 1996); (ii) 12% Series A Unsecured Subordinated
Debentures due 1997 ($0.2 million outstanding at October 31, 1996); and (iii)
ten-year subordinated notes ($19.7 million outstanding at October 31, 1996). The
Series A debentures referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding
sentence were issued in consideration of stock redemptions
 
                                       68
<PAGE>   69
 
occurring in 1993 and 1994. The ten-year subordinated notes referred to in
clause (iii) were issued as a portion of the consideration paid on account of
stock redemptions occurring in October 1995 and March 1996, bear interest at an
annual rate of 8% and amortize monthly until their maturity in 2006. See
"Certain Transactions."
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   70
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions stated in the Underwriting
Agreement dated November 21, 1996, each of the underwriters named below (the
"Underwriters") has severally agreed to purchase, and the Company has agreed to
sell to each such Underwriter, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock set
forth opposite the name of such Underwriter.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NUMBER OF
    NAME                                                                        SHARES
    ----                                                                      ---------
    <S>                                                                       <C>
    Smith Barney Inc. ......................................................    733,334
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated.........................................    733,333
    Prudential Securities Incorporated......................................    733,333
                                                                              ---------
              Total.........................................................  2,200,000
                                                                              =========
</TABLE>
 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares are subject to
approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions.
The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all shares of Class A Common
Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the over-allotment option
described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
     The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares directly to
the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and part of the shares to certain dealers at a price which represents
a concession not in excess of $0.67 per share below the public offering price.
The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in
excess of $0.10 per share to certain other dealers. After the initial public
offering of the shares to the public, the public offering price and such
concessions may be changed by the Underwriters.
 
     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for
thirty days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
330,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the public offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus less the underwriting discounts
and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the
purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this Offering.
 
     The Company, its officers and directors, and certain stockholders of the
Company have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from the date of this
Prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of Smith Barney
Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of
Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable
or exchangeable for, Common Stock of the Company.
 
     In connection with this Offering, certain of the Underwriters and selling
group members (if any) and their respective affiliates may engage in passive
market making transactions on the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule
10b-6A under the Exchange Act during a period before commencement of offers or
sales of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. The passive market
making transactions must comply with the applicable volume and price limits and
be identified as such.
 
     Smith Barney Inc. is the dealer manager for the Tender Offer and is acting
as an underwriter in connection with the Note Offering.
 
     The Company and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   71
 
                             CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the issuance of the shares of Class A Common Stock will be
passed upon for the Company by Palmer & Dodge LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
Chadbourne & Parke LLP, New York, New York will pass on certain legal matters
for the Underwriters in connection with this Offering.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Lamar Advertising Company and
Subsidiaries as of October 31, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the years in the
three-year period ended October 31, 1995, included in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been included herein and in the Registration
Statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Outdoor East, L.P. as of December
31, 1994 and 1995 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1995 have been included herein and in the Registration Statement in
reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
     The financial statements of FKM Advertising Co., Inc., as of December 31,
1994 and 1995 and for the years then ended, have been included herein and in the
registration statement in reliance upon the report of McGrail, Merkel, Quinn and
Associates, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere
herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company files reports and other information with the Commission
pursuant to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act.
 
     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement (which
term shall include all amendments thereto) on Form S-3 under the Securities Act
with respect to the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and reference is made to the
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto for further information with
respect to the Company and the Class A Common Stock. Such reports, the
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto may be inspected, without
charge, at the offices of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 and at its regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, New York,
New York 10048, and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the public reference
section of the Commission at its Washington address upon payment of the
prescribed fee. Such reports and other information can also be reviewed through
the Commission's Web site (http://www.sec.gov).
 
                                       71
<PAGE>   72
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
     The Company hereby incorporates in this Prospectus by reference the
following documents heretofore filed with the Commission pursuant to the
Exchange Act: (i) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
October 31, 1995, as amended by Amendments No. 1 and 2 thereto on Form 10-K/A,
filed with the Commission on January 26, 1996, March 28, 1996 and August 1,
1996, respectively; (ii) the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended January 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto on Form
10-Q/A, filed with the Commission on March 15, 1996 and May 20, 1996,
respectively; (iii) the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended April 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on June 13, 1996; (iv) the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 1996,
filed with the Commission on September 12, 1996; (v) the Company's Current
Reports on Form 8-K dated October 17, 1996 and November 1, 1996, filed with the
Commission on October 25, 1996 and November 15, 1996, respectively; (vi) the
description of the Class A Common Stock contained in the Company's Registration
Statement on Form 8-A, filed with the Commission on June 7, 1996, as amended by
Form 8-A/A, filed with Commission on July 31, 1996; and (vii) the description of
the Notes contained in the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed
with the Commission on November 4, 1996, as amended by Form 8-A/A, filed with
the Commission on November 19, 1996.
 
     All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to
termination of this Offering made hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated in
this Prospectus by reference and to be a part hereof from the respective dates
of the filing of such documents. Any statement contained herein or in a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is,
or is deemed to be, incorporated by reference herein, modifies or supersedes
such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,
except as so modified or superseded, to constitute part of this Prospectus.
 
     The Company hereby undertakes to provide without charge to each person to
whom a copy of this Prospectus has been delivered, upon the written or oral
request of any such person, a copy of any and all of the documents referred to
above which have been or may be incorporated in this Prospectus by reference,
other than exhibits to such documents which are not specifically incorporated by
reference into such documents. Requests for such copies should be directed to
the executive offices of the Company, 5551 Corporate Boulevard, Baton Rouge,
Louisiana 70808, Attention: Investor Relations, telephone (504) 926-1000.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>   73
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        -----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Independent Auditors' Report..........................................................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1994 and 1995, and July 31, 1996 pro
  forma and actual (unaudited)........................................................  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Earnings (Loss) for the years ended October 31, 1993, 1994
  and 1995, and the nine months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)..............  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended October 31, 1993,
  1994 and 1995 and the nine months ended July 31, 1996 (unaudited)...................  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 31, 1993, 1994 and
  1995 and the nine months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)...................  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................  F-7
FKM ADVERTISING CO., INC.
Independent Auditor's Report..........................................................  F-19
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and September 30, 1996 (unaudited)...  F-20
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the nine
  months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)................................  F-21
Statements of Changes of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994
  and 1995, and the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).........  F-22
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the nine
  months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)................................  F-23
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................  F-24
OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
Independent Auditors' Report..........................................................  F-33
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and September 30, 1996 (unaudited)....  F-34
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the
  nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)...........................  F-35
Statements of Partners' Deficit for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
  and the nine months ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited)............................  F-36
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the
  nine months ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited)....................................  F-37
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................  F-38
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   74
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Lamar Advertising Company:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lamar
Advertising Company and subsidiaries as of October 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of earnings (loss), stockholders' deficit and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31,
1995. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lamar
Advertising Company and subsidiaries as of October 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended October 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
New Orleans, Louisiana
January 12, 1996, except as to notes 12 and 14,
which are as of November 21, 1996
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   75
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               OCTOBER 31             JULY 31, 1996
                                                          --------------------    ---------------------
                                                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                            1994        1995       ACTUAL     (NOTE 14)
                                                          --------    --------    --------    ---------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
    Current assets:
      Cash and cash equivalents.........................  $  8,016    $  5,886    $  1,965    $  1,965
      Receivables (note 3):
        Trade accounts, less allowance for doubtful
          accounts of $1,046 (unaudited) in 1996 and
          $551 in 1995 and 1994.........................     9,963      10,741      14,527      14,527
        Affiliates, related parties and employees.......       560         583         531         531
        Other...........................................        68         109         433         433
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                            10,591      11,433      15,491      15,491
      Prepaid expenses..................................     1,200       1,247       1,112       1,112
      Other current assets..............................     1,287       1,266       1,793       1,793
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
             Total current assets.......................    21,094      19,832      20,361      20,361
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
    Property, plant and equipment (note 4)..............   159,707     168,402     189,115     189,115
      Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....   (70,884)    (77,524)    (83,930)    (83,930)
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                            88,823      90,878     105,185     105,185
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
    Intangible assets (note 5)..........................    14,062      13,406      16,891      16,891
    Receivables -- noncurrent (note 3)..................       751         918         751         751
    Deferred taxes (note 10)............................     2,650       5,951       3,680       3,680
    Other assets........................................     2,628       2,900       3,399       3,399
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
             Total assets...............................  $130,008    $133,885    $150,267    $150,267
                                                          ========    ========    ========    ========
                                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
    Current liabilities:
      Trade accounts payable............................     1,123       2,435       3,115       3,115
      Current maturities of long-term debt (note 9).....     7,054       3,479       5,326       7,326
      Accrued expenses (note 8).........................     9,647       9,733       5,575      10,575
      Deferred income...................................     1,579       2,448       4,866       4,866
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
             Total current liabilities..................    19,403      18,095      18,882      25,882
    Long-term debt (note 9).............................   146,875     142,572     154,681     172,681
    Deferred income.....................................       668         749         779         779
    Other liabilities...................................       414         623       1,214       1,214
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                           167,360     162,039     175,556     200,556
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
    Stockholders' equity (deficit) (note 12):
      Class A preferred stock, par value $638, $63.80
        cumulative, 10,000 shares authorized, 5,719.49
        (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding in
        1996............................................  $     --    $     --       3,649       3,649
      Class A common stock, par value $.001, 50,000,000
        shares authorized, 10,180,483 (unaudited),
        15,657,623 and 16,504,263 shares issued and
        outstanding in 1996, 1995 and 1994,
        respectively....................................        17          16          10          10
      Class B common stock, par value $.001, 25,000,000
        shares authorized, 14,301,537 (unaudited),
        16,897,379 and 17,271,240 shares issued and
        outstanding in 1996, 1995 and 1994,
        respectively....................................        17          17          14          14
      Accumulated deficit...............................   (37,386)    (28,187)    (28,962)    (53,962)
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
             Stockholders' equity (deficit).............   (37,352)    (28,154)    (25,289)    (50,289)
    Commitments and contingencies (notes 7 and 13)
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
             Total liabilities and stockholders'
               deficit..................................  $130,008    $133,885    $150,267    $150,267
                                                          ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   76
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS (LOSS)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,              JULY 31,
                                              ------------------------------------   -----------------
                                                 1993          1994         1995      1995      1996
                                              -----------   -----------   --------   -------   -------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>
Revenues:
  Outdoor advertising, net..................    $65,365       $83,627     $101,871   $76,295   $87,647
  Management fees from related and
     affiliated parties.....................        595           334           31        23        45
  Rental income.............................        564           512          506       408       473
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
                                                 66,524        84,473      102,408    76,726    88,165
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
Operating expenses:
  Direct advertising expenses...............     23,830        28,959       34,386    26,564    30,969
  General and administrative expenses.......     19,504        24,239       27,057    20,636    22,842
  Depreciation and amortization.............      8,924        11,352       14,090     9,954    10,568
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
                                                 52,258        64,550       75,533    57,154    64,379
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
          Operating income..................     14,266        19,923       26,875    19,572    23,786
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
Other expense (income):
  Interest income...........................       (218)         (194)        (199)     (133)     (140)
  Interest expense..........................     11,502        13,599       15,783    11,948    11,957
  Loss on disposition of assets.............        729           675        2,328     1,004       818
  Other expenses............................        576           616          655       684       254
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
                                                 12,589        14,696       18,567    13,503    12,889
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
          Earnings before income taxes and
            extraordinary item..............      1,677         5,227        8,308     6,069    10,897
Income tax expense (benefit) -- (note 10)...        476        (2,072)      (2,390)   (2,480)    4,420
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
          Earnings before extraordinary
            item............................      1,201         7,299       10,698     8,549     6,477
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
Extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment,
  net of income tax benefit of $98 (note
  9)........................................     (1,854)           --           --        --        --
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
          Net earnings (loss)...............       (653)        7,299       10,698     8,549     6,477
Preferred stock dividends...................         --            --           --        --       274
                                                -------       -------     --------   -------   -------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common
  stock.....................................    $  (653)      $ 7,299     $ 10,698   $ 8,549   $ 6,203
                                                =======       =======     ========   =======   =======
Earnings per common share before
  extraordinary item........................    $   .03       $   .21     $    .32   $   .26   $   .23
                                                =======       =======     ========   =======   =======
Net earnings (loss) per common share........    $  (.02)      $   .21     $    .32   $   .26   $   .23
                                                =======       =======     ========   =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   77
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CLASS A    CLASS A   CLASS B   ADDITIONAL
                                                   PREFERRED   COMMON    COMMON     PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED
                                                     STOCK      STOCK     STOCK     CAPITAL       DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                                   ---------   -------   -------   ----------   -----------   --------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance, October 31, 1992........................   $    --      $19       $15       $  403      $ (42,307)   $(41,870)
  Shares issued..................................        --        1         2          627             --         630
  Redemption of 1,690,163 shares of common
     stock.......................................        --       (2)       --         (899)            --        (901)
  Net loss.......................................        --       --        --           --           (653)       (653)
  Dividends ($.01 per share).....................        --       --        --           --           (455)       (455)
                                                     ------      ---       ---       ------      ---------    --------
Balance, October 31, 1993........................        --       18        17          131        (43,415)    (43,249)
  Redemption of 1,327,985 shares of common
     stock.......................................        --       (1)       --         (131)          (771)       (903)
  Net earnings...................................        --       --        --           --          7,299       7,299
  Dividends ($.01 per share).....................        --       --        --           --           (499)       (499)
                                                     ------      ---       ---       ------      ---------    --------
Balance, October 31, 1994........................        --       17        17           --        (37,386)    (37,352)
  Redemption of 1,220,500 shares of common
     stock.......................................        --       (1)       --           --           (999)     (1,000)
  Net earnings...................................        --       --        --           --         10,698      10,698
  Dividends ($.01 per share).....................        --       --        --           --           (500)       (500)
                                                     ------      ---       ---       ------      ---------    --------
Balance, October 31, 1995........................        --       16        17           --        (28,187)    (28,154)
  Conversion of 4,454,779 shares of common stock
     to 5,719 shares preferred stock
     (unaudited).................................     3,649       (2)       (2)          --         (3,645)         --
  Redemption of 3,618,203 shares of common stock,
     (unaudited).................................        --       (4)       (1)          --         (2,958)     (2,963)
  Net earnings (unaudited).......................        --       --        --           --          6,477       6,477
  Dividends ($.004 per common share at January
     1996, $.005 per common share at April 1996,
     $15.95 per preferred
     share) -- (unaudited).......................        --       --        --           --           (649)       (649)
                                                     ------      ---       ---       ------      ---------    --------
Balance, July 31, 1996, (unaudited)..............   $ 3,649      $10       $14       $   --      $ (28,962)   $(25,289)
                                                     ======      ===       ===       ======      =========    ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   78
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,               JULY 31,
                                                    --------------------------------    --------------------
                                                      1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net earnings (loss)............................   $   (653)   $  7,299    $ 10,698    $  8,549    $  6,477
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to
    net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization................      8,924      11,352      14,090       9,954      10,568
    Loss on disposition of assets................        729         675       2,328       1,004         818
    Deferred taxes...............................         --      (2,650)     (3,301)     (3,312)      2,271
    Provision for doubtful accounts..............        471         508         502         330         550
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Increase in receivables....................     (1,998)     (1,391)     (1,344)     (2,062)     (3,988)
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses....          4        (321)        (47)       (198)         97
      (Increase) decrease in other assets........         34      (1,640)       (418)       (965)       (282)
      Increase (decrease) in trade accounts
         payable.................................       (502)        (69)      1,312         384         680
      Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses....      4,817       1,356          86      (3,475)     (4,157)
      Increase (decrease) in deferred income.....        596        (113)        950         517       2,448
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities...        (11)        208         209          26         113
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Net cash provided by operating
         activities..............................     12,411      15,214      25,065      10,752      15,595
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures...........................     (7,550)    (13,357)    (14,046)     (8,780)    (17,653)
  Purchase of new markets........................         --     (40,482)     (2,885)     (2,353)     (9,445)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment...        396         733         717         629         500
  Purchase of intangible assets..................     (2,352)       (463)     (1,603)       (545)     (1,525)
  Investments in and advances to affiliated
    companies....................................       (558)         --          --          --          --
  Increase in notes receivable...................         --          --          --          --        (675)
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Net cash used in investing activities......    (10,064)    (53,569)    (17,817)    (11,049)    (28,798)
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.......    105,611      44,515          --          --      15,500
  Principal payments on long-term debt...........    (97,453)     (5,966)     (7,878)     (5,376)     (2,605)
  Redemption of common stock.....................       (901)       (903)     (1,000)         --      (2,964)
  Dividends......................................       (455)       (499)       (500)       (375)       (649)
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing
         activities..............................      6,802      37,147      (9,378)     (5,751)      9,282
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
         equivalents.............................      9,149      (1,208)     (2,130)     (6,048)     (3,921)
      Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
         year....................................         75       9,224       8,016       8,016       5,886
                                                    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...   $  9,224    $  8,016    $  5,886    $  1,968    $  1,965
                                                    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information:
  Cash paid for interest.........................   $  6,994    $ 13,461    $ 15,825    $ 14,728    $ 14,744
                                                    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
  Cash paid for income taxes.....................   $    295    $    267    $  1,028    $    803    $  1,991
                                                    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   79
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
                        OCTOBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  (a) Principles of Consolidation
 
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Lamar
Advertising Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Lamar Holding Company (LHC)
and The Lamar Corporation (TLC), their majority-owned subsidiaries and
Interstate Logos, Inc., a subsidiary of both LAC and TLC (collectively, the
Company or LAC). All intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated. Prior to May 1994, the Company owned 49.36% of the outstanding stock
of LHC, which investment was accounted for by the equity method. On May 10,
1994, LAC acquired substantially all of the assets of LHC. The proceeds from the
sale of its assets were used by LHC to repay existing debt and redeem all of its
shareholders other than LAC, resulting in LHC becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary
of LAC. The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting.
 
  (b) Property, Plant and Equipment
 
     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is
calculated using accelerated and straight-line methods over the estimated useful
lives of the assets.
 
  (c) Intangible Assets
 
     Debt issuance costs are deferred and amortized over the terms of the
related credit facilities using the interest method. Other intangible assets are
initially recorded at cost and amortized using the straight-line method over the
assets' estimated useful lives, generally from 5 to 10 years.
 
  (d) Deferred Income
 
     Deferred income consists principally of advertising revenue received in
advance and gains resulting from the sale of certain assets to related parties.
Deferred advertising revenue is recognized in income as services are provided
over the term of the contract. Deferred gains are recognized in income in the
consolidated financial statements at the time the assets are sold to an
unrelated party or otherwise disposed of.
 
  (e) Revenue Recognition
 
     The Company recognizes revenue from outdoor and logo sign advertising
contracts, net of agency commissions, on an accrual basis ratably over the term
of the contracts, as advertising services are provided.
 
  (f) Income Taxes
 
     The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   80
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  (g) Earnings Per Share
 
     Earnings per common share are computed by dividing net earnings applicable
to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during each period presented. (35,470,837 shares, 35,089,188 shares and
33,772,107 shares, respectively for the years ended October 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and 33,775,222 shares and 27,068,544 shares for the nine-month periods
ended July 31, 1995 and 1996 respectively.) Such amounts have been adjusted to
reflect the approximate 778.9-for-1 stock split and the concurrent exchanges of
shares in a recapitalization that will occur in connection with the Offering
referred to in Note 14.
 
  (h) Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  (i) Reclassification of Prior Year Amounts
 
     Certain amounts in the prior year's consolidated financial statements have
been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. These
reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net earnings.
 
  (j) Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
     The unaudited interim financial statements include all adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of
management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the
results of operations of the Company.
 
(2) NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
     A summary of significant noncash financing and investing activities
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NINE MONTHS
                                                                                   ENDED
                                                                                  JULY 31,
                                                                              ----------------
                                                   1993     1994     1995      1995      1996
                                                  ------    ----    ------    ------    ------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                           <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>
    Noncash dispositions of assets..............  $  336    $445    $3,788    $3,788    $   --
    Noncash acquisitions of assets..............   1,817      --     4,341     4,341     1,113
    Common stock issued in exchange for
      investment in affiliate...................     630      --        --        --        --
    Noncash issuance of preferred stock in
      exchange for common stock.................      --      --        --        --     3,649
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   81
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(3) RECEIVABLES
 
     The following is a summary of accounts and notes receivable as of October
31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1994                     1995
                                                  ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                  CURRENT    NONCURRENT    CURRENT    NONCURRENT
                                                  -------    ----------    -------    ----------
    <S>                                           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
    Trade accounts receivable, net..............  $ 9,963       $ --       $10,741       $ --
    Related parties.............................      291         --           452         --
    Employees, other than related parties.......      269         --           131         --
    Other.......................................       68        751           109        918
                                                  -------       ----       -------       ----
                                                  $10,591       $751       $11,433       $918
                                                  =======       ====       =======       ====
</TABLE>
 
(4) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Major categories of property, plant and equipment at October 31, 1994 and
1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ESTIMATED
                                                           LIFE (YEARS)      1994        1995
                                                           ------------    --------    --------
    <S>                                                    <C>             <C>         <C>
    Land.................................................      -           $  7,739    $  7,826
    Building and improvements............................    10-32           15,132      15,553
    Advertising structures...............................     15            123,592     131,071
    Automotive and other equipment.......................     3-7            13,244      13,952
                                                                           --------    --------
                                                                           $159,707    $168,402
                                                                           ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
(5) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     The following is a summary of intangible assets at October 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ESTIMATED
                                                           LIFE (YEARS)      1994        1995
                                                           ------------     -------     -------
    <S>                                                    <C>              <C>         <C>
    Debt issuance costs..................................        10         $ 3,604     $ 3,180
    Customer lists and unexpired contracts...............         7           7,581       7,103
    Non-compete agreements...............................      7-15           1,296       1,036
    Organization costs...................................         5             219         673
    Loan fees............................................      7-10           1,027       1,051
    Other................................................      7-10             335         363
                                                                            -------     -------
                                                                            $14,062     $13,406
                                                                            =======     =======
    Cost.................................................                    18,870      20,473
    Accumulated amortization.............................                     4,808       7,067
                                                                            -------     -------
              Net intangible assets......................                   $14,062     $13,406
                                                                            =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
(6) LAMAR HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
     Prior to May 1994, the Company owned 49.36% of the common stock of LHC. LHC
was founded in 1989 by TLC, members of its management and certain institutional
investors to provide outdoor advertising services in markets other than those
served by TLC.
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   82
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     Effective May 1, 1994, LAC acquired substantially all of the assets and
assumed certain liabilities of LHC for a purchase price of $43,500. The proceeds
from the sale of its assets were used by LHC to repay existing debt and redeem
all of its shareholders other than LAC, resulting in LHC becoming a wholly-owned
subsidiary of LAC. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and
accordingly, the purchase price attributable to shareholders other than LAC
(50.64%) has been allocated to the assets acquired based on their fair values.
The results of operations of LHC have been included in LAC's consolidated
financial statements from May 1, 1994.
 
     The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the
combined results of operations of LAC and LHC as if the acquisition had occurred
as of the beginning of 1993 and 1994, after giving effect to certain
adjustments, including additional depreciation expense, increased interest
expense on debt related to the acquisition, and related income tax effects. The
pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of
operations that would have occurred had the companies constituted a single
entity during such period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED
                                                                           OCTOBER 31,
                                                                       -------------------
                                                                        1993        1994
                                                                       -------     -------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                                <C>         <C>
    Revenues.........................................................  $81,303     $92,480
                                                                       =======     =======
    Net income (loss) before extraordinary item......................  $(1,856)    $ 6,265
                                                                       =======     =======
    Net income (loss)................................................  $(3,710)    $ 6,265
                                                                       =======     =======
    Earnings (loss) per share before extraordinary item..............  $  (.05)    $   .18
                                                                       =======     =======
    Earnings (loss) per share........................................  $  (.10)    $   .18
                                                                       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
(7) LEASES
 
     The Company is party to various operating leases for production facilities
and sites upon which advertising structures are built. The leases expire at
various dates, generally during the next five years, and have varying options to
renew and to cancel. The following is a summary of minimum annual rental
payments required under those operating leases that have original or remaining
lease terms in excess of one year as of October 31:
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                          <C>
            1996.....................................................    $10,546
            1997.....................................................      8,654
            1998.....................................................      7,172
            1999.....................................................      5,857
            2000.....................................................      4,486
</TABLE>
 
     Rental expense related to the Company's operating leases was $10,983,
$14,999 and $17,053 for the years ended October 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   83
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     The Company leases a portion of its corporate office building to tenants
under operating leases. The following is a summary of property held for lease at
October 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1994        1995
                                                                       -------     -------
    <S>                                                                <C>         <C>
    Land...........................................................    $    47     $    53
    Buildings......................................................      2,454       1,892
    Less accumulated depreciation..................................     (1,754)     (1,124)
                                                                       -------     -------
                                                                       $   747     $   821
                                                                       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Minimum future rental income for noncancelable leases in effect as of
October 31, 1995 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                             <C>
            Year ending October 31:
                  1996....................................................  $224
                  1997....................................................   152
                  1998....................................................   115
                  1999....................................................    99
                  2000....................................................    97
                                                                            ====
</TABLE>
 
(8) ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     The following is a summary of accrued expenses at October 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                         ------     ------
    <S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
    Payroll............................................................  $2,084     $2,134
    Interest...........................................................   5,442      5,400
    Insurance benefits.................................................   1,374      1,457
    Other..............................................................     747        742
                                                                         ------     ------
                                                                         $9,647     $9,733
                                                                         ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   84
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(9) LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following at October 31 and July 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   JULY 31,
                                                                                     1996
                                                            1994        1995      -----------
                                                          --------    --------    (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
    Senior Secured Notes................................  $100,000    $100,000     $  100,000
    Note payable to a bank group........................    43,000      39,250         37,750
    1993 Series A Line of Credit, payable to bank.......     2,000          --          6,000
    1995 Series B Line of Credit, payable to bank.......        --          --          9,500
    8% Series A unsecured subordinated discount
      debentures, maturing through 2001 (11.5% effective
      yield)............................................     3,095       2,706          2,409
    5% to 10% notes payable to banks and others with
      varying maturities secured by plant and
      equipment.........................................     4,960       3,713          3,974
    10% to 12% Series A unsecured subordinated
      debentures maturing in 1996 and 1997..............       372         372            372
    Other notes with various rates and terms............       502          10              2
                                                          --------    --------       --------
                                                           153,929     146,051        160,007
    Less current maturities.............................    (7,054)     (3,479)        (5,326)
                                                          --------    --------       --------
    Long term debt, excluding current maturities........  $146,875    $142,572     $  154,681
                                                          ========    ========       ========
</TABLE>
 
     Long term debt matures as follows:
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                         <C>
            1996......................................................  $  3,479
            1997......................................................     5,465
            1998......................................................     9,235
            1999......................................................    12,154
            2000......................................................    12,516
            Later years...............................................   103,202
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $146,051
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>
 
     The Senior Secured Notes were issued on May 19, 1993. The notes bear
interest at 11% payable semiannually. The notes mature in 2003 and are subject
to redemption at the option of the Company at any time on or after May 15, 1998.
There is no sinking fund obligation associated with the notes. The notes rank
senior in right of payment to all subordinated debt of the Company and pari
passu in right of payment with all unsubordinated borrowings of the Company and
are unconditionally guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company. The notes
are secured by a pledge of the capital stock of all of the Subsidiary
Guarantors, subject to certain provisions. Additionally, the Company is
obligated to pledge the capital stock and obtain the guarantee of all future
restricted subsidiaries as security.
 
     A portion of the proceeds from the Senior Secured Notes was used to
extinguish existing variable and fixed rate debt prior to maturity. In
connection with the extinguishment, the Company incurred a loss of approximately
$1,900 which has been reflected as an extraordinary item in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements. The per share amount of the aggregate loss
net of related income tax effect is $0.05 for the year ended October 31, 1993.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   85
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     The indenture contains certain restrictive financial covenants, including
the following:
 
     - Limitation on outstanding debt of the Company and any of its restricted
        subsidiaries;
 
     - Limitation of the payment of cash dividends and other restricted
        payments;
 
     - Limitation on sale and leaseback transactions, and
 
     - Limitation on sales or disposals of assets.
 
     The Company was in compliance with such covenants as of October 31, 1995.
 
     On May 19, 1993, the Company also entered into a Bank Credit Agreement
which provided an $8,000 term loan and a $20,000 working capital line of credit.
The term loan will amortize over four years beginning in 1995 and the
availability under the revolving credit facility will be reduced over a
three-year period beginning in 1995 until the facility terminates in 1998. The
term loan and the revolving credit facility are secured by a pledge of the
capital stock of all of the Company's present subsidiaries. During 1994, the
Company executed certain amendments to the Bank Credit Agreement, including
increasing of the term loan to $43,000. During 1995, the Company executed
additional amendments to the Bank Credit Agreement, including a change in the
Commitment to reduce the revolving line of credit over a three-year period
beginning in 1999 until the facility terminates in 2001. As of October 31, 1995,
the balance of the term loan was $39,250 with an interest rate of 8.09%. The
Bank Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive financial covenants,
including the following:
 
     - Maintaining specific ratios of cash flow to debt service and total debt;
 
     - Limitation of the payment of dividends;
 
     - Limitation on investments and joint ventures,
 
     - Limitation on capital expenditures, and
 
     - Limitation on sales or disposals of assets.
 
     The Company was in compliance with such covenants as of October 31, 1995.
 
     The 8% Series A, unsecured subordinated debentures with an original face
amount of $4,844 were issued in 1986 at a discount of $986, which is being
amortized over the life of the debentures. The total unamortized discount was
$314 and $238 at October 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
(10) INCOME TAXES
 
     LAC files a consolidated federal income tax return which includes all of
its qualifying subsidiaries.
 
     Total income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended October 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 is allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1993      1994        1995
                                                               ----     -------     -------
    <S>                                                        <C>      <C>         <C>
    Income from continuing operations........................  $476     $(2,072)    $(2,390)
    Extraordinary item.......................................   (98)         --          --
                                                               ----     -------     -------
                                                               $378     $(2,072)    $(2,390)
                                                               ====     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   86
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations for the
years ended October 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             CURRENT     DEFERRED      TOTAL
                                                             -------     --------     -------
    <S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>
    1993:
      U.S. federal.........................................     155            --         155
      State and local......................................     321            --         321
                                                               ----       -------     -------
                                                              $ 476      $     --     $   476
                                                               ====       =======     =======
    1994:
      U.S. federal.........................................     165        (2,650)     (2,485)
      State and local......................................     413            --         413
                                                               ----       -------     -------
                                                              $ 578      $ (2,650)    $(2,072)
                                                               ====       =======     =======
    1995:
      U.S. federal.........................................   $ 290      $ (3,301)    $(3,011)
      State and local......................................     621            --         621
                                                               ----       -------     -------
                                                              $ 911      $ (3,301)    $(2,390)
                                                               ====       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Income taxes attributable to continuing operations in 1994 and 1995 include
adjustments to the beginning-of-the-year valuation allowance on the Company's
deferred tax assets in the amount of $3,882 and $5,939, respectively. The
improved business conditions and resulting profitability has resulted in a
change in management's judgment regarding the realizability of the deferred tax
assets.
 
     Income tax expense (benefit) for 1993, 1994 and 1995, differs from the
amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34 percent to
pretax income from continuing operations as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1993      1994       1995
                                                                -----    -------    -------
    <S>                                                         <C>      <C>        <C>
    Computed "expected" tax expense...........................  $ 570    $ 1,777    $ 2,825
    Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
         Change in beginning of the year balance of the
           valuation allowance for deferred tax assets........   (217)    (3,882)    (5,939)
         State and local income taxes, net of federal income
           tax benefit........................................    214        273        410
         Other differences, net...............................    (91)      (240)       314
                                                                -----    -------    -------
              Actual income tax expense (benefit).............  $ 476    $(2,072)   $(2,390)
                                                                =====    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   87
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at October 31,
1994 and 1995 are presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1994        1995
                                                                       -------     -------
    <S>                                                                <C>         <C>
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in
         depreciation................................................  $(5,411)    $(4,656)
      Intangibles, due to differences in amortizable lives...........     (569)       (594)
                                                                       -------     -------
              Deferred tax liabilities...............................  $(5,980)    $(5,250)
                                                                       =======     =======
    Deferred tax assets:
      Receivables, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts
         and accounts written off....................................  $   187     $   193
      Plant and equipment, due to additional costs capitalized for
         tax purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of 1986.........      641         764
      Plant and equipment, due to basis differences on acquisitions
         of assets...................................................    4,276       4,064
      Investment in affiliates and plant and equipment due to gains
         previously recognized for tax purposes and deferred for
         financial reporting purposes................................    1,357       1,719
      Net operating loss carryforwards...............................    6,512       2,262
      Investment tax credit carryforwards............................      982         929
      Other, net.....................................................      614       1,270
                                                                       -------     -------
              Gross deferred tax assets..............................   14,569      11,201
      Less valuation allowance.......................................   (5,939)         --
                                                                       -------     -------
              Deferred tax assets....................................  $ 8,630     $11,201
                                                                       =======     =======
              Net deferred taxes.....................................  $ 2,650     $ 5,951
                                                                       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of November 1, 1993 was
$9,821.
 
     For federal income tax purposes, the following carryforwards are available
as of October 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 EXPIRATION
                                                                                 -----------
    <S>                                                               <C>        <C>
    Net operating loss..............................................  $6,465       2003-2005
    Investment credit...............................................     929       1995-2001
    Alternative minimum tax credit..................................     660      Indefinite
</TABLE>
 
(11) OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Affiliates, as used within these statements, are companies which are
affiliated with Lamar Advertising Company or its subsidiaries through common
ownership and directorate control.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   88
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     The Company receives income and incurs costs in transactions with related
parties and affiliates. The following is a summary of such transactions for the
years ending October 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1993     1994     1995
                                                                    ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                                             <C>      <C>      <C>
    Revenues:
      Management fee income.......................................  $595     $334     $ 31
      Rental income...............................................   209       --       --
      Interest income.............................................    75       59        8
      Production of logo plates...................................   341      143      143
    Expenses:
      Interest expense............................................   390      308      296
      Rent expense................................................   143       71       --
</TABLE>
 
     The Company is a party to a consulting agreement with a shareholder and
former Chairman of the Board of the Company. The agreement, which expires in
1996, provides for annual payments of $120 and an annual bonus of up to $100.
The Company incurred consulting expense of $120 under this agreement in 1993,
1994 and 1995. Additionally, the Company paid consulting fees of $110 to this
individual in 1995.
 
     As of October 31, 1994 and 1995, debentures totaling $3,600 and $2,950,
respectively, are owned by shareholders, directors and employees.
 
     During 1993, the Company purchased all outstanding stock of Lamar
Advertising of Wichita Falls, Inc., a company which, at the time of the
acquisition, was owned by certain stockholders of LAC. The total consideration
was approximately $1,200, which approximated the book value of the underlying
assets.
 
     During 1993, a subsidiary of the Company purchased a building from a joint
venture whose principals included the former Chairman of the Board and two
officers of the Company for a price of approximately $740. Additionally in 1993,
this subsidiary purchased two buildings from a director of the Company for
approximately $530.
 
(12) COMMON STOCK
 
     The rights of Class A and Class B common stock (as in effect on October 31,
1995) are equal in all respects, except holders of Class A common stock shall
have preemptive rights with respect to Class A common stock and Class B is
non-voting. In connection with the Initial Public Offering (the "IPO") referred
to in Note 14, the Company effected a recapitalization consisting of an
approximate 778.9-for-1 stock split and an exchange of common stock for new
Class A and Class B common stock which are equal in all respects, except holders
of Class B common stock have ten votes per share and holders of Class A common
stock have one vote per share. Class B common stock will convert automatically
into Class A common stock upon the sale or transfer to persons other than
permitted transferees. All share information has been adjusted to reflect the
recapitalization.
 
(13) COMMITMENTS AND OTHER CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company sponsors a partially self-insured group health insurance
program. Coverage is available to all employees who work in excess of 30 hours
per week. The Company is obligated to pay all claims under the program which are
in excess of premiums, up to program limits of $150 per employee, per claim, per
year. The Company has purchased third-party insurance coverage for claims in
excess of this amount. The Company is
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   89
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
also self-insured with respect to its income disability benefits and against
casualty losses on advertising structures. Amounts for expected losses including
a provision for losses incurred but not reported, are included in accrued
expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company
maintains a $1,000 letter of credit with a bank to meet requirements of the
Company's workers' compensation insurance carrier. The Company also maintains a
$375 letter of credit with an insurance company to partially collateralize a
surety bond for a logo company.
 
     The Company established The Lamar Corporation Savings and Profit Sharing
Plan effective January 1, 1988. Participants include all employees who have
completed one year of service and are at least 21 years of age. The Company
matches 50% of employees' contributions up to 5% of related compensation.
Employees can contribute up to 15% of compensation. Full vesting on the
Company's matched contributions occurs after five years. The Company contributed
$313, $230 and $512 for the years ended October 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
     On November 1, 1993, LAC established The Lamar Corporation, Its Affiliates
and Subsidiaries Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan) for the benefit of
certain of its senior management who meet specified age and years of service
criteria. Employees who have attained the age of 30 and have a minimum of 10
years of service are eligible for annual contributions to the Plan generally
ranging from $3 to $8, depending on the employee's length of service. LAC's
contributions to the Plan will be maintained in a "rabbi" trust and,
accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Plan will be reflected in the
balance sheet of LAC. Upon termination, death or disability, participating
employees are eligible to receive an amount equal to the fair market value of
the assets in the employee's deferred compensation account. The Company has
contributed $101, $442 and $240 to the Plan during 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. Contributions to the Plan are discretionary and are determined by
the Board of Directors.
 
     The Company is the subject of litigation arising during the normal course
of business. In the opinion of management and general counsel of the Company,
those claims will not have a material impact on the financial position, results
of operations or liquidity of the Company.
 
(14) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     On December 30, 1995, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was
amended to authorize 10,000 shares of Class A preferred stock with a par value
of $638 per share and no voting rights. The Class A preferred stock are
cumulative and are priority to Class A and Class B common stock dividends at the
rate of $15.95 per share per quarter.
 
     As of December 30, 1995, 4,454,397 shares of Class A common stock with a
$.001 per share par value were converted into 5,719.49 shares of Class A
preferred stock with a $638 per share par value. This conversion resulted in a
$3,600 charge to accumulated deficit.
 
     On March 1, 1996, 3,463,666 shares of Class A common stock and 154,218
shares of Class B common stock, $.001 par value, were redeemed at a price of
$0.82 per share. This redemption resulted in a $3,000 charge to accumulated
deficit. In connection with the redemption, the Company agreed, contingent upon
completion of the IPO referred to below, to pay additional consideration of
$1.38 per share in cash and $5.52 per share in ten-year subordinated notes,
which resulted in an additional charge to stockholders' equity of $25,000. The
accompanying pro forma financial information gives effect to the additional
consideration paid upon completion of the IPO, but does not give effect to the
IPO proceeds.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   90
 
                           LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                    (INFORMATION AS OF JULY 31, 1996 AND FOR
           THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     Subsequent to April 30, 1996, the Company advanced $450 to a stockholder.
The loan was paid on or before October 31, 1996.
 
     Effective July 1, 1996, the Company entered into a consulting agreement
with an affiliate of a shareholder and former Chairman of the Board of the
Company to replace the expiring consulting agreement discussed in Note 11. The
agreement provides for a $120 annual consulting fee for a term of ten years.
 
     In August, 1996, the Company consummated an initial public offering of
4,294,041 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value per share. In
connection with the IPO, the Company effected the recapitalization referred to
in Note 12.
 
     Also in connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan"). The purpose of the 1996 Plan is to attract and
retain key employees and consultants of the Company. The 1996 Plan authorizes
the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock to
employees and consultants of the Company capable of contributing to the
Company's performance. The Company has reserved an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares
of Class A Common Stock for awards under the 1996 Plan.
 
     In September, 1996 the Company agreed to acquire all of the outstanding
capital stock of FKM for a cash purchase price of $40.0 million and
substantially all of the assets of Outdoor East for a cash purchase price of
approximately $60.0 million. These acquisitions will be accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting.
 
     On October 17, 1996, the Company commenced a tender offer for all of its
$100,000 outstanding 11% Senior Secured Notes Due May 15, 2003, together with a
consent solicitation to effect certain amendments to the indenture under which
the Notes were issued and the related pledge agreement. The tender offer is
expected to be financed through the New Credit Agreement.
 
     On November 21, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a
Note Offering of $255 million aggregate principal amount of Notes that would be
subordinate to amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement. The Board of
Directors also authorized the offering of up to $100 million of Class A $.001
par value Common Stock. The filings will be registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   91
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
FKM Advertising Co., Inc.
Allentown, Pennsylvania
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of FKM Advertising Co.,
Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of operations,
changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform our audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of FKM Advertising Co., Inc. as
of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and cash flows
for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
MCGRAIL, MERKEL, QUINN & ASSOCIATES
 
Scranton, Pennsylvania
March 14, 1996
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   92
 
                           FKM ADVERTISING CO., INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
         DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,      
                                                                               1994           1995            1996
                                                                            -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)  
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Current assets
  Cash..................................................................... $    27,483    $   164,643     $    80,631
  Accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $55,000 in 1994 and $33,500 in 1995 and $69,900 in 1996
    (unaudited)............................................................     317,039        686,350         593,700
  Note receivable -- shareholder...........................................      63,072         69,296          73,704
  Prepaid expenses.........................................................     399,215        469,262         554,336
  Other current assets.....................................................      23,100         41,150          66,015
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total current assets...............................................     829,909      1,430,701       1,368,386
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
Property and equipment
  Land.....................................................................      26,413        126,413         144,763
  Buildings................................................................          --        175,000         175,000
  Advertising structures...................................................   5,160,587      7,785,370       8,090,801
  Furniture and fixtures...................................................      54,648         56,640          84,502
  Equipment................................................................     118,752        403,785         467,917
  Vehicles.................................................................     101,764        118,142         118,142
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
                                                                              5,462,164      8,665,350       9,081,125
  Less: Accumulated depreciation...........................................   1,021,410      1,379,025       1,872,442
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Net property and equipment.........................................   4,440,754      7,286,325       7,208,683
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
Other assets
  Deposits.................................................................       6,400          8,400           7,400
  Deferred taxes...........................................................   1,369,940      1,562,383       1,682,383
  Intangibles, net of amortization.........................................   4,860,953     10,114,870       8,675,513
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total other assets.................................................   6,237,293     11,685,653      10,365,296
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total assets....................................................... $11,507,956    $20,402,679     $18,942,365
                                                                            ===========    ===========     ===========
                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt........................................ $ 1,451,989    $ 1,214,613     $ 1,489,788
  Accounts payable.........................................................      87,612        159,912          37,917
  Accrued severance expense................................................      28,846             --              --
  Accrued interest expense.................................................          --         88,743         174,209
  Accrued expenses -- other................................................     160,072        276,477         156,132
  Deferred revenue.........................................................      10,311          9,435          17,672
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total current liabilities..........................................   1,738,830      1,749,180       1,875,718
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
Other liabilities
  Long-term accrued expenses...............................................     142,713             --               -
  Long-term debt, net of current portion...................................   7,257,867     16,812,828      15,747,553
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total other liabilities............................................   7,400,580     16,812,828      15,747,553
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total liabilities..................................................   9,139,410     18,562,008      17,623,271
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 619,972 shares authorized, issued and
    outstanding............................................................       6,200          6,200           6,200
  Common stock -- Class A, $0.01 par value, 1,000,132 shares authorized,
    shares issued -- 220,160 in 1994, 270,160 in 1995 and 270,160 in 1996
    (unaudited)............................................................       2,202          2,702           2,702
  Common stock -- Class B, $0.01 par value, 170,000 shares authorized,
    shares issued -- 160,000 in 1994, 110,000 in 1995 and 110,000 in 1996
    (unaudited)............................................................       1,600          1,100           1,100
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................   4,992,036      4,992,036       4,992,036
  Additional paid-in capital from the sale of treasury stock...............      16,140         16,140          16,140
  Deficit..................................................................  (2,644,532)    (3,172,407)     (3,693,984)
  Treasury stock -- 30,000 shares of common -- Class B, at cost............      (5,100)        (5,100)         (5,100)
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total stockholders' equity.........................................   2,368,546      1,840,671       1,319,094
                                                                            -----------    -----------     -----------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................... $11,507,956    $20,402,679     $18,942,365
                                                                            ===========    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   93
 
                           FKM ADVERTISING CO., INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      -----------------------   -------------------------
                                                                         1994         1995         1995           1996
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Revenue
  Billboard rentals, net............................................  $4,702,698   $4,955,918   $3,503,686     $5,924,160
  Interest income...................................................          --       11,735        7,204         19,961
  Other income......................................................       2,115       44,753       39,498         79,680
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Total revenue...............................................   4,704,813    5,012,406    3,550,388      6,023,801
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
Costs and expenses
  Production........................................................     742,801      909,560      619,827      1,087,111
  Lease expense.....................................................     538,481      603,452      423,180        656,790
  Sales and marketing...............................................     405,918      359,062      253,495        482,291
  General and administrative........................................     891,906      759,707      584,723        869,633
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Total costs and expenses....................................   2,579,106    2,631,781    1,881,225      3,095,825
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Income from operations before depreciation and
          amortization..............................................   2,125,707    2,380,625    1,669,163      2,927,976
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
Depreciation and amortization
  Depreciation......................................................     385,441      430,922      289,944        493,417
  Amortization......................................................   2,032,353    1,391,606    1,054,106      1,481,574
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Total depreciation and amortization.........................   2,417,794    1,822,528    1,344,050      1,974,991
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        (Loss) income from operations...............................    (292,087)     558,097      325,113        952,985
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
Other expenses
  Employee severance expense........................................       8,654          577          577             --
  Interest expense..................................................     868,561    1,038,807      663,170      1,588,947
  Commitment fees...................................................       4,285        6,270        1,575          5,615
  Loss on sale and disposal of fixed assets.........................       4,434      232,761      228,602             --
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Total other expenses........................................     885,934    1,278,415      893,924      1,594,562
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Net loss before income tax benefit..........................  (1,178,021)    (720,318)    (568,811)      (641,577)
Income tax benefit..................................................     439,969      192,443      155,000        120,000
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------     ----------
        Net loss....................................................  $ (738,052)  $ (527,875)    (413,811)      (521,577)
                                                                      ==========   ==========   ==========     ==========
        Net loss per common share...................................  $    (1.94)  $    (1.39)  $    (1.09)    $    (1.37)
                                                                      ==========   ==========   ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   94
 
                           FKM ADVERTISING CO., INC.
 
                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND THE NINE MONTHS
                      ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ADDITIONAL
                                             COMMON   COMMON                   PAID-IN
                                             STOCK    STOCK    ADDITIONAL    CAPITAL FROM
                                 PREFERRED   CLASS    CLASS     PAID-IN      THE SALE OF                   TREASURY
                                   STOCK       A        B       CAPITAL     TREASURY STOCK     DEFICIT       STOCK       TOTAL
                                 ---------   ------   ------   ----------   --------------   -----------   ---------   ----------
<S>                              <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993...   $ 6,200    $2,102   $1,700   $4,992,036      $     --      $(1,865,405)  $      --   $3,136,633
Purchase of stock:
  Preferred stock (15,517
    shares)....................        --        --       --           --            --               --    (144,576)    (144,576)
  Common stock -- Class A
    (5,260 shares).............        --        --       --           --            --               --     (20,024)     (20,024)
  Common stock -- Class B
    (120,000 shares)...........        --        --       --           --            --               --     (20,400)     (20,400)
Stock issued:
  Preferred stock (15,517
    shares)....................        --        --       --           --            --          (37,083)    144,576      107,493
  Common stock -- Class A
    (5,260 shares).............        --        --       --           --            --           (3,992)     20,024       16,032
  Common stock -- Class B
    (90,000 shares)............        --        --       --           --        16,140               --      15,300       31,440
Conversion of 10,000 shares of
  common stock -- Class B to
  Class A......................        --       100     (100)          --            --               --          --           --
Net loss, 1994.................        --        --       --           --            --         (738,052)         --     (738,052)
                                  -------    ------   ------   ----------      --------      -----------   ---------   ----------
Balance at December 31, 1994...     6,200     2,202    1,600    4,992,036        16,140       (2,644,532)     (5,100)   2,368,546
Conversion of 50,000 shares of
  common stock -- Class B to
  Class A......................        --       500     (500)          --            --               --          --           --
Net loss, 1995.................        --        --       --           --            --         (527,875)         --     (527,875)
                                  -------    ------   ------   ----------      --------      -----------   ---------   ----------
Balance at December 31, 1995...   $ 6,200    $2,702   $1,100   $4,992,036      $ 16,140      $(3,172,407)  $  (5,100)  $1,840,671
Net loss (unaudited)...........        --        --       --           --            --         (521,577)         --     (521,577)
                                  -------    ------   ------   ----------      --------      -----------   ---------   ----------
Balance at September 30, 1996
  (unaudited)..................   $ 6,200    $2,702   $1,100   $4,992,036      $ 16,140      $(3,693,984)  $  (5,100)  $1,319,094
                                  =======    ======   ======   ==========      ========      ===========   =========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   95
 
                           FKM ADVERTISING CO., INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND THE NINE MONTHS
                 ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                -------------------------   -----------------------
                                                   1994          1995          1995         1996
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Operating activities
  Net loss....................................  $ (738,052)  $   (527,875)  $ (413,811)  $ (521,577)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
     cash provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization............   2,417,794      1,822,528    1,344,050    1,974,991
     Deferred taxes...........................    (439,969)      (192,443)    (155,000)    (120,000)
     Bad debt expense.........................     138,714         98,010       98,010       89,353
     Loss on sale and disposal of fixed
       assets.................................       4,434        232,761      228,602           --
     (Increase) decrease in:
       Accounts receivable....................     170,324       (467,321)      24,394        3,297
       Notes receivable -- shareholder........      (1,272)        (6,224)      (4,287)      (4,408)
       Prepaid expenses.......................     (93,863)       (70,047)     (56,984)     (85,074)
       Other current assets...................       8,503        (18,050)       5,208      (24,865)
       Deposits...............................       2,980         (2,000)          --        1,000
     Increase (decrease) in:
       Accounts payable.......................      15,017         72,300      (34,207)    (121,995)
       Accrued severance expense..............    (126,443)       (28,846)     (28,846)          --
       Accrued expenses.......................     153,316         62,435      (17,891)     (34,879)
       Deferred revenue.......................         980           (876)     (10,311)       8,237
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
          Net cash provided by operating
            activities........................   1,512,463        974,352      978,927    1,164,080
                                                ==========   ============   ==========   ==========
Investing activities
  Acquisition costs...........................          --     (6,025,667)     (83,073)     (42,218)
  Loan costs..................................    (393,306)      (619,856)          --           --
  Purchase of fixed assets....................    (285,532)    (3,509,254)    (313,944)    (415,774)
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets..........      12,500             --           --           --
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
          Net cash used by investing
            activities........................    (666,338)   (10,154,777)    (397,017)    (457,992)
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
Financing activities
  Loan proceeds...............................      30,000     10,469,559           --       22,355
  Payments of principal.......................    (846,900)    (1,151,974)    (298,512)    (812,455)
  Acquisition of treasury stock...............    (185,000)            --           --           --
  Issuance of stock...........................     154,965             --           --           --
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
          Net cash (used) provided by
            financing activities..............    (846,935)     9,317,585     (298,512)    (790,100)
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
          Net (decrease) increase in cash.....        (810)       137,160      283,398      (84,012)
Cash, beginning of year.......................      28,293         27,483       27,483      164,643
                                                ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------
Cash, end of year.............................  $   27,483   $    164,643   $  310,881   $   80,631
                                                ==========   ============   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   96
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Organization and Nature of Business
 
     FKM Advertising Co., Inc. ("FKM") is a Delaware Corporation engaged in the
outdoor advertising business. The Company is located in Allentown, Pennsylvania
and Youngstown, Ohio. Advertising structures are primarily located in
Pennsylvania and Ohio.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Outdoor advertising revenues are recorded in the month the billboard is
displayed, based on the terms of the contract. The date the billboard is
actually displayed may vary slightly from the contract date due to scheduling
and other concerns. These variances do not materially affect revenue.
 
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
     The allowance for doubtful accounts is the amount that, in management's
judgment, is sufficient to absorb any anticipated losses related to the accounts
receivable.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
     Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets.
 
  Earnings Per Share
 
     Earnings per common share are computed by dividing net earnings applicable
to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during each period presented (380,160 shares for all periods presented).
 
  Intangible Assets and Deferred Costs
 
     The amounts representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair
value of the identifiable assets acquired ("Goodwill") has been recorded as an
intangible asset and is being amortized over a period of fifteen to forty years
using the straight-line method.
 
     Lease rights represent the fair value at acquisition of below market rate
leases assumed in connection with the acquisition referred to above. These lease
rights are being amortized over the average remaining terms of the respective
leases.
 
     Prepaid advertising contracts represent the estimated fair value of
contracts existing at the date of acquisition. The contract values are being
amortized over their remaining lives.
 
     Costs incurred by FKM in securing financing agreements have been recorded
as an asset and amortized over the terms of the agreements using the
straight-line method.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   97
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109) effective January 1,
1993. SFAS 109 requires an asset and liability approach for accounting and
reporting for income taxes.
 
     Deferred taxes are the result of accounting for certain items differently
for financial reporting purposes than for income tax purposes. These temporary
differences primarily relate to the Company's net operating loss carryover for
Federal income tax purposes, the allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation
and employee severance expense.
 
  Cash Flow Disclosures
 
     The Company has defined cash as only those amounts included under the
Balance Sheet caption "Cash".
 
     The Company paid interest amounting to $784,499 and $942,458 for the years
ended 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The Company paid no income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995.
 
  Prepaid Expenses
 
     The Company prepays certain costs for land leases and painting of displays
at the inception of the advertising contracts. These costs are deferred and
amortized on a straight-line basis over the period that coincides with the
recognition of income. This period is generally twelve months for land leases
and painting.
 
  Reclassifications
 
     Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 1995
presentation.
 
  Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
 
     The unaudited interim financial statements include all adjustments which
are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and the results of operations of the Company.
 
NOTE 2 -- ACQUISITIONS
 
     On November 15, 1995, the Company acquired certain assets of Naegele
Outdoor Advertising and Genesis Outdoor Advertising, both located in Youngstown,
Ohio, (the Naegele and Genesis acquisitions) for $8,565,000.
 
     The acquisitions were accounted for as purchases, and the operations are
included in the accompanying financial statements subsequent to the acquisition
date.
 
     The aggregate purchase price of the two acquisitions was allocated to the
assets acquired based upon the fair values at the date of acquisition. The
excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill and is being amortized over fifteen years using the straight-line
method.
 
     Also, in connection with the Naegele acquisition, the Company acquired real
estate on which potential environmental concerns were identified. The areas of
environmental concern were identified prior to the acquisition date and the
Company has been indemnified against the cost of any environmental remediation
that may be required.
 
NOTE 3 -- CASH
 
     The current asset caption "Cash" at December 31, 1995 consisted of the
following:
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   98
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Mahoning National Bank....................................................  $125,785
    Ambassador Bank...........................................................    38,383
    ABN*AMRO Bank N.V. .......................................................        75
    Petty cash................................................................       400
                                                                                --------
                                                                                $164,643
                                                                                ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and
repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while expenditures for renewals or
betterments are capitalized. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line
method over the useful lives of the assets.
 
     At December 31, 1994 and 1995, property and equipment consisted of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COST
                                                    ESTIMATED USEFUL    ------------------------
                     DESCRIPTION                         LIVES             1994          1995
    ----------------------------------------------  ----------------    ----------    ----------
    <S>                                             <C>                 <C>           <C>
    Land..........................................       --             $   26,413    $  126,413
    Buildings.....................................       40 years               --       175,000
    Advertising structures........................       15 years        5,160,587     7,785,370
    Furniture and fixtures........................     5-10 years           54,648        56,640
    Equipment.....................................     3- 5 years          118,752       403,785
    Vehicles......................................     3- 5 years          101,764       118,142
                                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                                         5,462,164     8,665,350
    Less: Accumulated depreciation................                       1,021,410     1,379,025
                                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                                        $4,440,754    $7,286,325
                                                                        ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense amounted to $385,441 and $430,922 for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     During the current year, management disposed of advertising structures that
were no longer in service. The cost of the structures was $273,755 and the
resulting loss amounted to $232,761.
 
NOTE 5 -- INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets at December 31, 1994 and 1995 consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ESTIMATED USEFUL
                    DESCRIPTION                        LIVES             1994           1995
    --------------------------------------------  ----------------    -----------    -----------
    <S>                                           <C>                 <C>            <C>
    Lease rights................................       7 years        $ 2,500,000    $ 2,745,000
    Organization costs..........................       5 years            918,409        918,409
    Noncompetition agreements...................       5 years          3,600,000      4,158,775
    Loan costs..................................      10 years            330,050        330,050
    Loan costs -- amendments....................   74-93 months           403,039      1,022,896
    Interest cap................................      30 months            44,550         44,550
    Prepaid advertising contracts...............      30 months         2,700,000      2,700,000
    Prepaid contracts and permits...............      15 years                 --      1,990,021
    Goodwill....................................   15-40 years          1,055,577      4,287,448
                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                       11,551,625     18,197,149
    Less: Accumulated amortization..............                        6,690,672      8,082,279
                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                      $ 4,860,953    $10,114,870
                                                                      ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   99
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Amortization expense amounted to $2,032,353 and $1,391,606 for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
NOTE 6 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt at December 31, 1994 and 1995 consisted of the following:
 
     SENIOR DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 31,
                                                        1994           1995           1996
                                                     ----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                              <C>           <C>            <C>
    ABN*AMRO BANK N.V.
    Term loan payable. Interest is payable monthly
      at the Bank's base rate plus 1 7/8%. Refer
      below for principal payments and additional
      information. ...............................   $8,519,000    $13,500,000     $ 12,700,000
    Revolving note payable. Interest is payable
      monthly at the Bank's base rate plus 1 7/8%
      and all principal is due on December 31,
      2001. The maximum borrowing is
      $1,500,000. ................................      150,000      1,000,000        1,000,000
    Acquisition loan payable. Interest is payable
      monthly at the Bank's base rate plus 1 7/8%
      and all principal is due on December 31,
      2001. The maximum borrowing is
      $1,000,000. ................................           --             --               --
                                                     ----------    -----------      -----------
                                                      8,669,000     14,500,000       13,700,000
                                                     ==========    ===========      ===========
    SUBORDINATED DEBT
    CASCADE COMMUNICATIONS VENTURES, L.P.
    Promissory loan dated November 15, 1995.
      Interest is payable at a rate of 18%. All
      principal is due on June 30, 2002...........           --      1,750,000        1,750,000
    COAST MEZZANINE INVESTMENTS, LTD.
    Promissory loan dated November 15, 1995.
      Interest is payable at a rate of 18%. All
      principal is due on June 30, 2002. .........   $       --    $ 1,750,000     $  1,750,000
                                                     ----------    -----------      -----------
                                                             --      3,500,000        3,500,000
                                                     ----------    -----------      -----------
    INSTALLMENT DEBT
    Note payable at 8.75%, payable in 36
      installments of $952 per month, including
      principal and interest, secured by a
      vehicle, maturing June, 1997. ..............       25,536         15,976            8,197
    Note payable at 7.75%, payable in 60
      installments of $409 per month, including
      principal and interest, secured by a
      vehicle, maturing July 1998. ...............       15,320         11,465            8,369
    Note payable in 24 monthly installments of
      $1,111 per month, including principal and
      interest, secured by equipment, maturing
      July, 1998. ................................           --             --           20,775
                                                     ----------    -----------      -----------
                                                         40,856         27,441           37,341
                                                     ----------    -----------      -----------
    Total long-term debt..........................    8,709,856     18,027,441       17,237,341
    Less: Current portion.........................    1,451,989      1,214,613        1,489,788
                                                     ----------    -----------      -----------
              Total long-term debt, net of current
                portion...........................   $7,257,867    $16,812,828     $ 15,747,553
                                                     ==========    ===========      ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   100
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------
<S>   <C>                                                <C>
      1996.............................................  $ 1,214,613
      1997.............................................    1,610,034
      1998.............................................    2,002,794
      1999.............................................    2,600,000
      2000.............................................    3,000,000
      Thereafter.......................................    7,600,000
                                                         -----------
                                                         $18,027,441
                                                         ===========
</TABLE>
 
     In addition to the above scheduled repayments, the Company is required to
make principal payments in the amount of varying percents of excess cash flow.
Excess cash flow is defined by the agreement, and the payment is due on April
15th of the following year. For the year ended December 31, 1994, additional
principal was due of $238,558 and is reflected in the current portion of
long-term debt. There is no excess cash flow payment due for the year ended
December 31, 1995.
 
     According to the amended and restated Loan Agreement dated November 15,
1995, prepayment of loan principal equal to the percentage of the Company's
excess cash flow for the immediately preceding calendar year commences in 1997
for the calendar year ended December 31, 1996.
 
     SENIOR DEBT
 
     ABN*AMRO BANK N.V.
 
     To finance the acquisition of its original operating assets, the Company
entered into a loan agreement with ABN*AMRO Bank N.V. dated January 17, 1992
(the "ABN Agreement"). The ABN Agreement provided a total loan facility of
$12,000,000 of which $11,000,000 represented a term loan and $1,000,000
represented a revolving line of credit. The ABN Agreement was amended pursuant
to the first and second amendments dated March 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
The Amendments primarily changed certain financial covenants, extended the
maturity date and amortization of the term loan and provided for the payment of
a fee to the Bank for its agreement to the second amendment.
 
     During the current year, the Bank agreed to extend additional credit to the
Company for the purpose of making the acquisition referred to in Note 2, to fund
future acquisitions and for other purposes specifically permitted by the
Agreement. The additional credit was made available through an amendment to and
a restatement of the original loan agreement. The amended and restated loan
agreement is dated November 15, 1995.
 
     Under the terms of this credit agreement, the Bank has committed to advance
to the Company the aggregate sum of up to $16,000,000. This commitment includes
a term loan commitment of $13,500,000, a revolver loan commitment of $1,500,000
and an acquisition loan commitment of $1,000,000.
 
     Interest on the term loan and revolving line of credit is based on the
Bank's prime rate plus 1 7/8 percent and is payable monthly. Interest on the
term loan is also subject to the interest rate swap agreement entered into by
the Company and ABN*AMRO Bank N.V. on March 31, 1994. All unpaid principal and
interest is due on the maturity date of the above loans, December 31, 2001.
 
     Covenants contained in the ABN Agreement, which among other things,
restrict the Company from incurring additional debt or capitalized lease
obligations in excess of $200,000 and indebtedness not to exceed $250,000 for
the purpose of acquiring motor vehicles at any one time while the loans are
outstanding; investing in certain types of securities and granting any security
interest in its assets other than permitted liens. The Agreement restricts
declaring or paying any dividends and issuing, distributing, redeeming,
repurchasing, acquiring or selling any stock or debt securities (except under
certain circumstances). The Agreement also
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   101
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
restricts sales and purchases of assets, mergers, and consolidations. Also, the
Company must meet certain financial ratios relating to cash flows and the
relationship of debt to cash flows. In addition, the Company will be in default
of the Agreement if revenue from the advertisement of alcohol and tobacco
products is greater than five percent of gross revenue.
 
     The borrowings under the Agreement are collateralized by the assets, the
capital stock, existing or subsequently acquired assets, including patents,
trademarks, copyrights and licenses, and leases of the Company. In addition, the
Company must maintain life insurance of $2,000,000 on the President of the
Company. The insurance policy is assigned to ABN*AMRO and serves as additional
collateral.
 
     SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     The proceeds of the subordinated debt listed above was used solely to
partially finance the Naegele and Genesis acquisitions of November 15, 1995.
 
     The principal balance of the subordinated loans is due and payable on the
maturity date, June 30, 2002. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal
balance, including all accrued interest added to the principal of the loans, at
a simple interest rate per annum of 18%. Beginning January 1, 1996 and on the
first day of each calendar quarter until the maturity date, interest is due and
payable at a simple interest rate of 12.5% from the Agreement date through and
including December 31, 1996, and at a simple interest rate of 15.5% for the
period from and after January 1, 1997. Accrued interest, which is not payable
quarterly, shall be added to the outstanding principal amount of the subordinate
loans and is compounded quarterly until paid.
 
     Under the terms of the subordinated agreements, the Company must comply
with all of the covenants (affirmative and negative) as set forth in the Senior
Loan Agreement. Also, if the subordinated loans are accelerated at any time
prior to the third anniversary of the agreement dates, the present value of the
sum of all the interest that would accrue from the acceleration date through and
including the third anniversary date becomes due along with the outstanding
principal and any accrued interest.
 
NOTE 7 -- REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Preferred Stock -- Series A -- The holders of the outstanding Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual
rate of fifteen percent of the original issue price of $7.00 or $1.05 per share.
Dividends shall accrue from day-to-day on each share from the date of issuance
of each share whether or not earned or declared. Holders of Series A Preferred
Stock can convert their shares at any time into Class A Common Stock on a
share-for-share basis. Upon any conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to Class
A Common Stock all accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends shall be forfeited.
At December 31, 1994 and 1995, dividends on Preferred Stock were in arrears by
$1,924,375 and $2,575,345, respectively.
 
     The Series A Preferred Stock holders have participation rights in any
dividend other than a stock dividend declared and paid on Common Stock of the
Company.
 
     Beginning in 1997, Series A Preferred Stock holders have the right to
redeem their shares based on an optional redemption schedule. The redemption
price shall be the greater of the fair market value per share or $7.00 per share
plus all unaccrued and unpaid cumulative dividends.
 
     Also, upon any event of default, Series A Preferred Stockholders can redeem
all shares outstanding at the redemption price, even prior to the redemption
date of January 1, 1997, at the redemption price.
 
NOTE 8 -- COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS
 
     Class A Shares -- Of the authorized shares of Class A Common Stock, 619,972
shares are reserved for the conversion of the Preferred Stock to Class A Common
Stock and 170,000 shares for the conversion of the Class B Common Stock into
Class A Common Stock of the Company.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   102
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Class B Shares -- Certain stockholders of the Company to whom shares of
Class B Common Stock have been issued will vest their rights in these shares
over the next four years, based upon the Company's ability to achieve various
performance goals and/or the passage of time.
 
     Treasury Stock -- The purchase of the Company's Common Stock is recorded at
cost. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced
by the cost of such stock on the first-in -- first-out basis.
 
     Warrants -- Cascade Communications Ventures, L.P. and Coast Mezzanine
Investments, Ltd., the subordinated lenders referred to in Note 2, were issued
stock purchase warrants during the current year. Effective November 15, 1995,
each Company is entitled to purchase 25,530 shares of Class A Common Stock at an
exercise price of $.02 per share. The exercise period terminates on June 30,
2002. Among other things, the warrant agreements restrict stockholders' equity
transactions that would dilute the value of their warrants.
 
NOTE 9 -- DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
 
     The Company sponsors a defined contribution profit sharing plan. The plan
was established by adopting a New England Mutual Life Company 401(k) prototype
plan. It covers all eligible employees.
 
     The Company contributes to the plan an amount equal to fifty percent of the
participant's salary reduction contributions for the plan year. Employer
matching contributions are further limited to five percent of the participants
compensation. Matching contributions for the current year amounted to $12,753.
For the year ended December 31, 1994, matching contributions amounted to $9,639.
 
     Profit sharing contributions are made by the Company at the discretion of
the Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995,
discretionary contributions of $15,000 were made.
 
NOTE 10 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company has approximately $4,808,000 of net operating losses available
for Federal income tax purposes which begin to expire in 2007. The Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania provides for the carryover of operating losses up to a maximum
of $1,000,000 per year. Current operating loss carryovers are available through
1997.
 
     The income tax benefits are comprised of the following for the years ended
December 31,
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994         1995
                                                                     --------     --------
    <S>                                                              <C>          <C>
    Current payable
      Federal......................................................  $     --     $     --
      State........................................................        --           --
    Deferred benefit (provision)
      Federal......................................................   359,165      131,941
      State........................................................    80,804       60,502
                                                                     --------     --------
              Income tax benefit...................................  $439,969     $192,443
                                                                     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   103
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The components of the deferred income tax benefit, which result from
temporary differences, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994         1995
                                                                     --------     --------
    <S>                                                              <C>          <C>
    Net operating loss (NOL).......................................  $550,909     $243,715
    Allowance for doubtful accounts................................   (90,040)      (7,327)
    Depreciation...................................................   (49,524)     (32,796)
    Employee severance expense.....................................   (42,991)      (9,809)
    Contribution carryover.........................................     3,619          355
    Adjustment for enacted changes in state tax laws...............    67,996       (1,695)
                                                                     --------     --------
              Total................................................  $439,969     $192,443
                                                                     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of income taxes at statutory rates to applicable income
taxes reported in the statement of operations and deficit is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994         1995
                                                                     --------     --------
    <S>                                                              <C>          <C>
    Benefit at the expected statutory rates........................  $485,975     $292,403
    NOL carryover unallowable for state tax purposes...............   (93,372)     (19,797)
    Adjustment for enacted changes in state tax laws...............    67,996       (1,695)
    Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes.......................   (13,889)     (13,954)
      Other reductions, net........................................    (6,741)     (64,514)
                                                                     --------     --------
              Total................................................  $439,969     $192,443
                                                                     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
are as follows for the years ended December 31,
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1994           1995
                                                                  ----------     ----------
    <S>                                                           <C>            <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Net operating loss (NOL)..................................  $1,481,522     $1,948,867
      Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................      22,603         12,847
      Employee severance expense................................      12,908             --
      Contribution carryover....................................       4,019          4,325
                                                                  ----------     ----------
              Total deferred tax assets.........................   1,521,052      1,966,039
              Less valuation allowance..........................     (58,051)      (278,935)
                                                                  ----------     ----------
                                                                   1,463,001      1,687,104
    Deferred tax liability -- depreciation......................     (93,061)      (124,721)
                                                                  ----------     ----------
    Net deferred tax asset......................................  $1,369,940     $1,562,383
                                                                  ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company has entered into the following related party transactions:
 
     NOTE RECEIVABLE -- SHAREHOLDER
 
     The Corporation made a loan to a shareholder in the amount of $61,243.
Interest accrues at a rate equal to the variable interest rate which is charged
to the Company under the ABN*AMRO Bank N.V. Loan Agreement. Principal and
interest is payable on demand. If no demand is made, the shareholder shall pay
the amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest as of July 31, 1997, plus
interest thereon, in eight equal quarterly installments commencing August 1,
1997.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   104
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
     Brush, Johnsen & Fretty, Inc., is providing the Company with certain
consulting and investment banking services pursuant to an Agreement dated
January 17, 1992. The principals of Brush, Johnsen & Fretty, Inc., are also
shareholders in FKM. The Agreement terminates on January 16, 1999.
 
     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     The Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1994 with a
shareholder of the Company. Under the Agreement, the shareholder was employed as
President of the Company. The Agreement primarily provides for an annual salary,
benefits and a performance bonus arrangement. Additional non-cash compensation
in the form of the Company's Class B Common Stock was also provided to the
President under the terms of the Agreement.
 
     ABN*AMRO BANK
 
     In connection with the second amendment to the loan agreement referred to
in Note 5, the Company agreed to pay the Bank a fee equal to $206,880. On the
amendment date, $25,860 was paid in cash and $181,020 was deferred and terms of
repayment agreed upon. In accordance with section 2.4(d) of the amendment, the
Bank opted to purchase shares of the Company's stock for $154,965 through the
partial liquidation of the deferred fee.
 
NOTE 12 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Leases
 
     The Company's advertising structures are located on properties leased from
others. The Company also leases its corporate office and plant. Some of the land
leases for advertising structures contain renewal options with varying terms and
escalation clauses which provide, primarily on a yearly basis, for increased
rental. The corporate office and plant lease has a five year term with one five
year renewal term available. For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995,
rent expense was $564,262 and $642,344, respectively. Future office and plant
minimum rentals at December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,                                             AMOUNT
- ------------                                             -------
<S>          <C>                                         <C>
   1996................................................  $38,400
                                                         =======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 -- DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The Company has a number of financial instruments, none of which are held
for trading purposes. The Company estimates that the fair value of all financial
instruments at December 31, 1995, does not differ materially from the aggregate
carrying values of its financial instruments recorded in the accompanying
Balance Sheet. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the
Company using available market information and appropriate valuation
methodologies. Considerable judgment is necessarily required in interpreting
market data to develop the estimates of fair value, and, accordingly, the
estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could
realize in a current market exchange.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   105
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Partners
Outdoor East, L.P.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Outdoor East, L.P. as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of operations, partners'
deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended
December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Outdoor East, L.P. as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
March 1, 1996, except for note 8 which
is as of June 13, 1996
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   106
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ---------------------------     SEPTEMBER
                                                           1994           1995         30, 1996
                                                       ------------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $    251,659        485,383      1,026,360
  Accounts receivable:
     Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
       $52,221 and $25,914 at December 31, 1995 and
       1994, respectively, and $48,444 at September
       30, 1996......................................     1,655,990      1,840,843      1,836,483
     Other...........................................       130,978         79,814        114,017
  Prepaid expenses...................................       874,889        649,083        853,126
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
          Total current assets.......................     2,913,516      3,055,123      3,829,986
Property and equipment, at cost, net of accumulated
  depreciation (note 2)..............................    17,368,265     16,197,181     15,565,545
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization:
  Site lease rights..................................     1,710,467      1,213,698        857,740
  Goodwill...........................................     1,878,216      1,743,641      1,644,397
  Deferred financing costs and other (note 9)........       214,589        152,923      1,717,172
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
                                                          3,803,272      3,110,262      4,219,309
Other assets (note 9)................................            --             --        775,472
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
                                                       $ 24,085,053     22,362,566     24,390,312
                                                       ============     ==========     ==========
                                LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt (notes 3 and
     9)..............................................  $    655,588     21,990,932        866,667
  Current portion of notes payable to general
     partner.........................................        37,072         45,627             --
  Note payable (notes 4 and 9).......................       445,000        445,000             --
  Accounts payable:
     Trade...........................................       873,935        430,022        458,092
     General partner (note 5)........................        18,142             --             --
  Accrued interest payable...........................       157,418        159,017        522,062
  Other accrued liabilities..........................       172,499        128,419        177,220
  Deferred revenue...................................       485,854        483,957             --
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
          Total current liabilities..................     2,845,508     23,682,974      2,024,041
Long-term debt, less current portion (notes 3 and
  9).................................................    22,990,501        998,212     22,942,937
Notes payable to general partner (notes 5 and 9).....     1,227,377      1,183,273             --
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
          Total liabilities..........................    27,063,386     25,864,459     24,966,978
Partners' deficit:
  Partners' capital contributions....................    23,183,150     23,662,316     28,202,316
  Accumulated deficit................................   (26,161,483)   (27,164,209)   (28,778,982)
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
          Total partners' deficit....................    (2,978,333)    (3,501,893)      (576,666)
                                                       ------------     ----------     ----------
  Commitments and contingencies (notes 3, 6, 7 and 9)
                                                       $ 24,085,053     22,362,566     24,390,312
                                                       ============     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   107
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   ---------------------------------------    -----------------------
                                      1993           1994          1995         1995          1996
                                   -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Revenue:
  Advertising....................  $ 9,792,960    10,554,742    10,981,093    8,152,417     8,684,455
  Other..........................      359,515       809,276       526,440      343,113       545,212
                                   -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    ----------
                                    10,152,475    11,364,018    11,507,533    8,495,530     9,229,667
                                   -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    ----------
Operating expenses:
  Technical services.............    3,659,296     4,085,795     3,883,507    2,945,813     3,004,028
  Selling, general and
     administrative..............    3,324,964     3,835,728     3,548,336    2,737,045     2,698,636
  Executive recruiting and
     severance...................      131,913       163,595            --           --            --
  Management fees to general
     partner (note 5)............      457,000       249,996            --           --            --
  Depreciation and
     amortization................    3,543,531     3,222,131     2,674,826    1,925,540     2,191,614
                                   -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    ----------
                                    11,116,704    11,557,245    10,106,669    7,608,398     7,894,278
  Operating income (loss)........     (964,229)     (193,227)    1,400,864      887,132     1,335,389
                                   -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    ----------
Other expenses:
  Interest expense...............    2,102,307     2,073,420     2,059,741    1,547,883     2,159,701
  Loss on sale of assets.........      190,189        12,027            --           --            --
  Other (note 9).................       59,942       342,045       343,849      148,901       790,461
                                   -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    ----------
          Net income (loss)......  $(3,316,667)   (2,620,719)   (1,002,726)    (809,652)   (1,614,773)
                                   ===========    ==========    ==========    =========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   108
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                        STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' DEFICIT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PARTNERS'
                                                          CAPITAL        ACCUMULATED
                                                       CONTRIBUTIONS       DEFICIT         TOTAL
                                                       -------------     -----------     ----------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>             <C>
Balances, January 1, 1993............................    $16,233,150     (20,224,097)    (3,990,947)
  Capital contributions..............................      6,000,000              --      6,000,000
  Net loss...........................................             --      (3,316,667)    (3,316,667)
                                                         -----------     -----------     ----------
Balances, December 31, 1993..........................    $22,233,150     (23,540,764)    (1,307,614)
  Capital contributions..............................        950,000              --        950,000
  Net loss...........................................             --      (2,620,719)    (2,620,719)
                                                         -----------     -----------     ----------
Balances, December 31, 1994..........................    $23,183,150     (26,161,483)    (2,978,333)
  Capital contributions..............................        479,166              --        479,166
  Net loss...........................................             --      (1,002,726)    (1,002,726)
                                                         -----------     -----------     ----------
Balances, December 31, 1995..........................    $23,662,316     (27,164,209)    (3,501,893)
  Capital contributions (Note 9).....................      4,540,000              --      4,540,000
  Net loss...........................................             --      (1,614,773)    (1,614,773)
                                                         -----------     -----------     ----------
Balances, September 30, 1996 (unaudited).............    $28,202,316     (28,778,982)      (576,666)
                                                         ===========     ===========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>   109
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                ---------------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                   1993           1994          1995         1995          1996
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss..................................... $(3,316,667)   (2,620,719)   (1,002,726)    (809,652)    (1,614,773)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization.............   3,543,531     3,225,367     2,674,826    1,925,540      2,191,614
     Gain (loss) on sale of assets.............     (19,921)       12,027            --           --             --
     Loss on disposition of assets.............     261,644            --            --           --             --
     Changes in operating assets and
       liabilities:
       Decrease (increase) accounts receivable,
          prepaid expenses and other assets....    (353,900)     (315,127)       92,117       30,149       (259,359)
       (Decrease) increase in accounts payable,
          accrued interest payable, other
          accrued liabilities, and deferred
          revenue..............................     317,646      (427,469)     (515,633)    (415,765)       (44,041)
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
          Net cash provided by (used in)
            operating activities...............     432,333      (125,921)    1,248,584      730,272        273,441
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment..........  (2,281,251)     (475,240)     (810,732)    (607,046)      (783,580)
  Proceeds from sale of assets.................      27,204            --            --           --             --
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
          Net cash used in investing
            activities.........................  (2,254,047)     (475,240)     (810,732)    (607,046)      (783,580)
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Capital contributions........................   6,000,000       950,000       479,166      479,166      4,540,000
  Proceeds from notes payable..................     213,144        73,600            --           --     22,750,000
  Repayments of notes payable and long-term
     debt......................................  (3,970,883)     (494,378)     (683,294)    (509,675)   (23,603,440)
  Cash deposited in escrow.....................          --            --            --           --       (750,000)
  Payment of debt issuance costs...............    (280,645)           --            --           --     (1,885,444)
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
          Net cash provided by (used in)
            financing activities...............   1,961,616       529,222      (204,128)     (30,509)     1,051,116
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
          Net increase (decrease) in cash and
            cash equivalents...................     139,902       (71,939)      233,724       92,717        540,977
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year.........................................     183,696       323,598       251,659      251,659        485,383
                                                -----------    ----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....... $   323,598       251,659       485,383      344,376      1,026,360
                                                ===========    ==========    ==========    =========    ===========
Supplemental cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest....................... $ 2,274,370     2,083,743     2,067,342    1,559,241      1,796,710
                                                ===========    ==========    ==========    =========    ===========
Issuance of Note Payable for purchase of fixed
  assets (note 6).............................. $        --       445,000            --           --             --
                                                ===========    ==========    ==========    =========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>   110
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  (a) Description of Business
 
     Outdoor East, L.P. (the Partnership) is a Delaware limited partnership
which acquires, operates and develops outdoor advertising businesses throughout
the Southeast United States. The managing general partner of the Partnership is
First Carolina Communications, Inc. (FCCI).
 
     The balance sheet as of September 30, 1996, and the statements of
operations, partners' equity, and cash flows for the nine months ended September
30, 1995 and 1996 have been prepared by the Partnership without audit. In the
opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position,
results of operations and cash flows as of September 30, 1996 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, have been included.
 
  (b) Allocation of Profits and Losses
 
     The Partnership agreement generally provides for the allocation of profits
and losses among the partners in proportion to their respective capital
contributions. Profits and losses are allocated to the partners in the following
percentages: 19.8% to the general partner and 80.2% to the limited partners.
 
  (c) Cash Equivalents
 
     For purposes of the statements or cash flows, the Partnership considers
investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
 
  (d) Revenue Recognition
 
     The Partnership recognizes advertising revenue as the services are
provided. The revenue is recorded net of advertising agency commission expense.
Allowances for doubtful accounts are provided based on estimated losses.
 
  (e) Property and Equipment
 
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciation is computed
using various accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets
as follows: buildings and improvements -- 31.5 years; sign structures -- 15
years; vehicles, shop equipment, leasehold improvements, and office furniture
and equipment -- 5 to 7 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred;
and property additions, renewals and improvements are capitalized. When assets
are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated
depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is
recognized.
 
  (f) Intangible Assets
 
     The Partnership's display structures are generally located on leased sites
under long-term operating leases providing for monthly rental payments over the
term of the lease, which generally range from 5 to 15 years. The estimated fair
value of leases in place (arising from favorable terms) obtained in business
combinations is allocated to site lease rights and amortized using the
straight-line method over the weighted average remaining life of the leases.
Additionally, direct costs associated with obtaining new site leases are
capitalized and amortized over a period of five years. Accumulated amortization
of site lease rights was approximately $5,299,000 and $5,808,000 at December 31,
1994 and 1995, respectively, and $6,164,000 at September 30, 1996 (unaudited).
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>   111
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Goodwill arising from business combinations is amortized using the
straight-line method over a period of 20 years. Accumulated amortization of
goodwill was approximately $765,000 and $896,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995,
respectively, and $1,002,000 at September 30, 1996 (unaudited).
 
     Direct costs associated with obtaining long-term debt are deferred and
amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the loan agreement.
Accumulated amortization of deferred finance costs was approximately $189,000
and $239,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $407,000 at
September 30, 1996 (unaudited).
 
  (g) Income Taxes
 
     The Partnership's profits and losses are reported directly by the partners
for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the Partnership is not liable for federal
or state income taxes.
 
  (h) Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
(2) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   SEPTEMBER
                                                                                      30,
                                                                                     1996
                                                      1994           1995         -----------
                                                  -----------     -----------     (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
    Land........................................  $   131,173         131,173         131,173
    Buildings and leasehold improvements........    1,191,124       1,205,286       1,218,028
    Sign structures.............................   25,453,180      26,162,278      26,760,672
    Vehicles....................................    1,138,059       1,239,132       1,265,351
    Shop equipment..............................      183,766         206,401         221,355
    Office furniture and equipment..............      696,006         876,849       1,008,052
    Construction in progress....................      217,079              --              --
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                   29,010,387      29,821,119      30,604,631
    Accumulated depreciation....................  (11,642,122)    (13,623,938)    (15,039,086)
                                                  -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                  $17,368,265      16,197,181      15,565,545
                                                  ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>   112
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
approximately $2,059,000 and $1,985,000, respectively, and $1,415,000 at
September 30, 1996 (unaudited).
 
(3) LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                      1996
                                                     1994            1995         -------------
                                                  -----------     -----------      (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
    Term loan facility, secured by pledged
      assets and partnership interests, with
      interest payable quarterly at LIBOR plus
      3.25%.....................................  $        --              --        22,500,000
    Revolving line of credit, secured by pledged
      assets and partnership interests, with
      interest payable at LIBOR plus 3.25%......           --              --           250,000
    Bank credit facility, secured by pledge of
      assets, partnership interests and partial
      guarantee of majority limited partner,
      with interest payable quarterly at
      7 7/8%....................................   22,370,000      21,870,000                --
    Note payable, secured by standby letter of
      credit, payable in 120 monthly
      installments of $6,250 plus interest at
      10%, final installment of $750,000 due
      June 1, 1999..............................    1,081,250       1,006,250           950,000
    Other.......................................      194,839         112,894           109,604
                                                  -----------     -----------        ----------
                                                  23,646,089..     22,989,144        23,809,604
    Less current portion........................     (655,588)    (21,990,932)         (866,667)
                                                  -----------     -----------        ----------
                                                  $22,990,501         998,212        22,942,937
                                                  ===========     ===========        ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The bank credit facility is payable in graduated quarterly installments
through December 31, 1999. The Bank Credit Facility Agreement (the "Agreement")
contains restrictive covenants which include the maintenance of certain
financial ratios.
 
     Effective March 28, 1994, the Agreement was amended to waive certain debt
covenant violations and defaults and to revise certain provisions which, among
other things, restrict capital expenditures and management fees. Effective June
15, 1995, the Agreement was further amended to revise certain covenants and to
prohibit payment of management fees to FCCI.
 
     The Partnership failed to meet certain covenant requirements which has
placed the Partnership in technical default. Consequently, the Partnership has
classified the entire outstanding balance of the bank credit facility as a
current liability as of December 31, 1995.
 
     Scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
                <S>                                               <C>
                1996............................................  $21,990,932
                1997............................................      106,386
                1998............................................      100,932
                1999............................................      790,894
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  $22,989,144
                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>   113
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Partnership has an open letter of credit with an available balance of
$1,175,000. The Partnership pays an annual fee of 1.5% of the available balance.
 
     See note 9.
 
(4) NOTE PAYABLE
 
     In 1994, the Partnership acquired $445,000 of signboards from Lamar
Advertising, Inc., a Georgia based company in exchange for the issuance of a
note payable. The note is dated September 30, 1994 and calls for interest at 9%,
payable monthly. The note is due in full on May 1, 1996. See note 9.
 
(5) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     FCCI provides management services to the Partnership. During 1994, the
Partnership paid $249,996 in management fees. As is required by a covenant in
the Partnership's Bank Credit Facility Agreement, the Partnership did not pay
management fees to FCCI during 1995.
 
     Accounts payable -- general partner primarily represents unpaid management
fees due to FCCI, and are noninterest bearing.
 
     Notes payable to general partner represent unsecured advances from FCCI,
which bear interest at 7 7/8%, payable in graduated quarterly installments. Any
unpaid principal and interest is due in full on March 31, 2000. See note 9.
 
(6) COMMITMENTS
 
     In the normal course of business, the Partnership maintains long-term
operating leases for land site locations. The aggregate future minimum lease
payments required under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 1995
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
                <S>                                                <C>
                1996.............................................  $  429,421
                1997.............................................     389,410
                1998.............................................     330,445
                1999.............................................     271,513
                2000.............................................     199,795
                Thereafter.......................................     988,271
                                                                   ----------
                                                                   $2,608,855
                                                                   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Total site lease expense was approximately $1,467,000, $1,559,000 and
$1,615,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
and approximately $1,218,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996
(unaudited).
 
(7) LITIGATION
 
     On December 19, 1995, COA, Inc., formerly known as Columbia Outdoor
Advertising, Inc. filed suit against Outdoor South, L.P. in the Court of Common
Pleas of Richland County, South Carolina. Outdoor South, L.P. was formerly an
affiliate of the Company and ceased to exist on October 25, 1990 in a
transaction in which the Company succeeded to Outdoor South, L.P.'s assets and
liabilities. The suit alleges that Outdoor South, L.P. is indebted to the
plaintiff in the amount of $101,707 arising out of Outdoor South, L.P.'s
acquisition of the assets of COA, Inc. in 1990. An answer denying liability has
been filed in this action and no further proceedings have yet occurred. No
charge has been made to the Company's income related to this litigation.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>   114
 
                               OUTDOOR EAST, L.P.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(8) LIQUIDITY
 
     The Partnership had a negative working capital balance of $20,627,851 as of
December 31, 1995 as a result of its classifying the outstanding balance of the
Bank Credit Facility as a current liability. The Partnership was in technical
default of the Bank Credit Facility Agreement, since it failed to meet certain
covenant requirements contained therein.
 
     On June 13, 1996, the Partnership signed a new Bank Credit Facility (the
"Facility"). The Facility is comprised of a Term Loan Facility ( the "Term
Loan") for $22.5 million and a Revolving Line of Credit (the "LOC") for up to
$7.5 million. Quarterly installment payments on the Term Loan will commence on
June 30, 1997. Outstanding balances under the LOC will be due on June 30, 2003,
the Facility's termination date. Borrowings under the Facility are secured by
the assets of the Partnership and partnership interests. Covenants under the
Facility require the Partnership to maintain certain debt to cash flow ratios.
The Partnership has placed $750,000 of the proceeds in escrow as provided for in
the Facility. The escrow balance has been recorded in other non-current assets
in the accompanying September 30, 1996 balance sheet. The remaining proceeds
from the Facility were used to pay-off the Partnership's existing Bank Credit
Facility, the note payable to Lamar Advertising, Inc., and for general purposes.
In addition, the lenders and others invested $4,540,000 in the Partnership.
 
(9) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     In October 1996, the Partnership signed an agreement for the sale of the
assets and liabilities of the Partnership to Lamar Advertising, Inc.
 
     Through September 30, 1996, the Partnership has recorded approximately
$716,000 of cost associated with an initial potential sale and reorganization of
the Partnership as other expenses.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>   115
 
      [PHOTOGRAPH OF POSTER, BULLETIN, HIGHWAY LOGO SIGN AND BUS SHELTER]
<PAGE>   116
====================================================== 
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN
OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES
IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS NOT LAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH
STATE. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE
INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................     3
Risk Factors..........................    12
The Transactions......................    17
Use of Proceeds.......................    20
Dividend Policy.......................    20
Price Range of Class A Common Stock...    21
Capitalization........................    22
Selected Consolidated Historical and
  Pro Forma Financial and Operating
  Data................................    23
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................    34
Business..............................    41
Management............................    55
Certain Transactions..................    59
Principal Stockholders................    60
Description of Capital Stock..........    61
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......    65
Description of Indebtedness...........    65
Underwriting..........................    70
Certain Legal Matters.................    71
Experts...............................    71
Additional Information................    71
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference...........................    72
Index to Consolidated Historical and
  Pro Forma Financial Statements......   F-1
</TABLE>
 
======================================================
 
======================================================

                                2,200,000 SHARES
 
                                  [LAMAR LOGO]
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
                                  ------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               NOVEMBER 22, 1996
 
                                  ------------
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED
 
                       PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

======================================================


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission